WO2008100453A1 - Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines - Google Patents

Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008100453A1
WO2008100453A1 PCT/US2008/001762 US2008001762W WO2008100453A1 WO 2008100453 A1 WO2008100453 A1 WO 2008100453A1 US 2008001762 W US2008001762 W US 2008001762W WO 2008100453 A1 WO2008100453 A1 WO 2008100453A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkanyl
aryl
alkynyl
alkenyl
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/001762
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
John L. Magnani
Original Assignee
Glycomimetics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Glycomimetics, Inc. filed Critical Glycomimetics, Inc.
Priority to CA002677747A priority Critical patent/CA2677747A1/en
Priority to EP08713404A priority patent/EP2117561A1/en
Priority to JP2009549133A priority patent/JP5511390B2/en
Priority to AU2008216794A priority patent/AU2008216794A1/en
Publication of WO2008100453A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008100453A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7028Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages
    • A61K31/7032Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a polyol, i.e. compounds having two or more free or esterified hydroxy groups, including the hydroxy group involved in the glycosidic linkage, e.g. monoglucosyldiacylglycerides, lactobionic acid, gangliosides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04Antipruritics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • A61P31/06Antibacterial agents for tuberculosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/14Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to methods for using oligosaccharide mimics, and more particularly for using oligosaccharide mimics wherein a cyclohexane derivative is incorporated.
  • Naturally occurring monosaccharides and oligosaccharides play a role, or are capable of playing a role, in a variety of biological processes.
  • non-naturally occurring monosaccharides and oligosaccharides may serve to replace or even improve upon their naturally occurring counterparts.
  • Monosaccharides and particularly oligosaccharides may be difficult, and thus costly, to produce. Even where the degree of difficulty to produce is not particularly elevated, the production of monosaccharides and oligosaccharides may still nevertheless be costly. This problem is multiplied where a costly monosaccharide or oligosaccharide needs to be mass produced.
  • the invention provides methods for using oligosaccharide mimic compounds.
  • the mimics are useful, for example, for the treatment of endothelial dysfunction, including vascular abnormalities.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating an endothelial dysfunction comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the endothelial dysfunction an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative (i.e., both an oligosaccharide compound and a glycomimetic compound contain at least one cyclohexane derivative), wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
  • R 1 H, Ci-C 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me 1 OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • X H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R 1 and R 2 are not both H;
  • the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R 1 or R 2 .
  • the present invention provides the method wherein the compound comprises: wherein,
  • R 1 H, CrC 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, Ci-C 8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • X H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
  • n 0-2 and X is independently selected from C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, d-C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl,
  • Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, Ci-C 8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
  • the present invention provides the method wherein the compound consists of:
  • a compound of the methods of the present invention may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the phrase "another of the compound” refers to the same or different compound of the compounds encompassed by the methods of the present invention; and includes more than one compound in which case the compound may be the same or different or both.
  • the phrase "attached by polyethylene glycol” refers to the attachment via one or more polyethylene glycols. Where there is more than one polyethylene glycol, they may be the same or different.
  • two or more of the compounds are attached to two or more polyethylene glycols (same or different).
  • each polyethylene glycol is attached to multiple polyethylene glycols, but each compound is attached to only one of the multiple polyethylene glycols.
  • Figure 11 of the present disclosure a specific embodiment is shown in Figure 11 of the present disclosure.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula: where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula: where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl, and Bz in benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the compound of a method has the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating graft vs. host disease comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat graft vs. host disease an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
  • R >1 - H, CrC 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, d-C 8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, Ci-C 8 alkanyl, C r C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • the present invention provides the method immediately above, wherein the compound comprises:
  • R 1 H, CrC 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C r C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • n 0-2 and X is independently selected from C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl,
  • R 10 is one of
  • Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC 8 alkanyl, Ci-C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH 2 )m-aryl or (CH 2 ) m -heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
  • any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CrC 8 alkanyl, C r C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, CrC 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl or CrC 8 alkynyl.
  • the present invention provides the method immediately above wherein the compound consists of:
  • the present invention provides a method for treating cutaneous T-cell lymphoma comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat cutaneous T-cell lymphoma an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
  • R 1 H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, CrC 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R 1 or R 2 .
  • the present invention provides the method immediately above, wherein the compound comprises: wherein,
  • R 1 H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • X H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me 1 OMe 1 halide, or OH;
  • n 0-2 and X is independently selected from C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl,
  • Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC 8 alkanyl, Ci-C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH 2 )m-aryl or (CH 2 )m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
  • any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CrC 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl or C 1 -C 8 alkynyl.
  • the present invention provides the method immediately above wherein the compound consists of:
  • the present invention provides a method for treating disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
  • R 1 H, CrC 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe 1 halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, Ci-C 8 alkanyl, d-C 8 alkenyl, Ci-C 8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R 1 or R 2 .
  • the present invention provides the method immediately above, wherein the compound comprises: wherein,
  • R 1 H, CrC 8 alkanyl, C r C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • R 2 H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • n 0-2 and X is independently selected from C r C 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl,
  • Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
  • Y is H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl or C 1 -C 14 aryl; or where R 10 is one of
  • Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, Ci-C 8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH 2 )m-aryl or (CH 2 ) m -heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
  • any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F 1 C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl or C 1 -C 8 alkynyl.
  • the present invention provides the method immediately above wherein the compound consists of:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are defined as above.
  • the compound used therein may be any one of the individual compounds disclosed separately above.
  • any description herein related to polyethylene glycol is also applicable to these embodiments.
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein is used for the preparation of a medicament. Uses of such a medicament are for the treatment of one or more of an endothelial dysfunction, graft vs. host disease, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, or disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin.
  • Figure 1 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of GIcNAc mimics from tetrahydrophthalic anhydride.
  • Figure 2 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of GIcNAc mimics from cyclohexenon.
  • Figure 3 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 4 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 5 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 6 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 7 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 8 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 9 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 10 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of a pegylated mimic.
  • Figure 11 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of a pegylated tetramer of a mimic.
  • Figure 12 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 13 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
  • Figure 14 is a diagram of a timeline for the experiments for observing the effects of a test compound (an oligosaccharide mimic) on microvascular flow in sickle cell mice as determined by intravital microscopy.
  • Figure 15 is a graphical representation of the effects of a test compound (Figure 14) on cell adhesion to the endothelium during an induced vaso-occlusive crisis in sickle cell mice as determined by intravital microscopy.
  • Figure 16 is a graphical representation of the effects of a test compound (Figure 14) on the number of SS red blood cells adherent to leukocytes during an induced vaso-occlusive crisis in a sickle cell mouse as determined by intravital microscopy.
  • Figure 17 is a graphical representation of the effects of a test compound (Figure 14) on the average survival of sickle cell mice after induction of a vaso-occlusive crisis.
  • Figure 18 is a graphical representation of induction of neutrophil adhesion under flow by glycated human serum albumin (GIy-HSA) treatment of human endothelial cells.
  • GIy-HSA glycated human serum albumin
  • Figure 19 is a graphical representation of induction of neutrophil adhesion under flow by glycated hemaglobin (GIy-Hb) treatment of human endothelial cells.
  • Figure 20 is a graphical representation of the blockade by test compound (at three concentrations) of glycated albumin-induced neutrophil adhesion under flow.
  • GIy-Hb glycated hemaglobin
  • Figure 21 is a graphical representation of leukocyte rolling in diabetic mice, with and without test compound (Figure 14), as measured by intravital microscopy.
  • the present invention provides methods for using oligosaccharide mimics.
  • Such mimics have a variety of uses in vitro and in vivo.
  • An oligosaccharide mimic may be prepared by incorporating one or more cyclohexane derivatives into an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound.
  • An oligosaccharide refers to two or more monosaccharides covalently joined. Oligosaccharides are polymers containing monosaccharide units, typically with 2 to about 100 monosaccharides and any integer in-between. Each monosaccharide of an oligosaccharide is independently selected; although two or more monosaccharides may be identical.
  • the cyclohexane derivative of an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound of the methods of the present invention has the formula:
  • R 1 may be H, CrC 8 alkanyl, C r C 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • the cyclohexane derivative is attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at least at one of the OH, the R 1 or the R 2 .
  • attachment is at least at one of the OH or the R 2 .
  • Other options for attachment include at both of the OH, e.g., one monosaccharide or monosaccharide mimic attached at one of the OH and another monosaccharide or monosaccharide mimic attached at the other OH.
  • a "C 1 -C 8 alkanyl” refers to an alkane substituent with one to eight carbon atoms and may be straight chain, branched or cyclic (cycloalkanyl). Examples are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and t-butyl.
  • a "halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl” refers to a "C 1 -C 8 alkanyl” possessing at least one halogen. Where there is more than one halogen present, the halogens present may be the same or different or both (if at least three present).
  • a “CrC 8 alkenyl” refers to an alkene substituent with one to eight carbon atoms, at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and may be straight chain, branched or cyclic (cycloalkenyl). Examples are similar to “C 1 -C 8 alkanyl” examples except possessing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • a “CrC 8 alkynyl” refers to an alkyne substituent with one to eight carbon atoms, at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and may be straight chain, branched or cyclic (cycloalkynyl). Examples are similar to "CrC 8 alkanyl” examples except possessing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • alkoxy refers to an oxygen substituent possessing a "CrC 8 alkanyl,” “CrC 8 alkenyl” or “CrC 8 alkynyl.” This is -O-alkyl; for example methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy and the like; and alkenyl or alkynyl variations thereof (except for methoxy). It further refers to the group O-alkyl-W-alkyl where W is O or N; for example -O-(CH 2 ) n -W-(CH2)m where n and m are independently 1-10.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic substituent with one to fourteen carbon atoms in one or multiple rings which may be separated by a bond or fused.
  • a “heteroaryl” is similar to an “aryl” except the aromatic substituent possesses at least one heteroatom (such as N, O or S) in place of a ring carbon.
  • heteroaryls and heteroaryls include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazolo, furanyl, oxazolyl, thiophenyl, quinolinyl and diphenyl.
  • the term “independently selected” refers to the selection of identical or different substituents.
  • Me and Et represent methyl and ethyl, respectively.
  • Bz represents benzoyl.
  • Ar represents aryl.
  • physiologically acceptable salts include Na, K, Li, Mg and Ca.
  • Monosaccharide substituents recited herein e.g., D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose and L-fucose may be in the furanose, pyranose or open form.
  • a linker arm may be desirable for attachment, for example, to a monosaccharide, a monosaccharide mimic or something else.
  • a linker may include a spacer group, such as — (CH 2 ) ⁇ — or — O(CH 2 )n — where n is generally about 1-20 (all number ranges disclosed herein include any whole integer range therein).
  • An example of a linker is — NH 2 , e.g., — CH 2 — NH 2 when it includes a short spacer group.
  • linkers with or without a spacer group e.g., CONH(CH 2 ) 2 NH 2l COOMe, or polyethylene glycol or derivative
  • linkers with or without a spacer group e.g., CONH(CH 2 ) 2 NH 2l COOMe, or polyethylene glycol or derivative
  • a cyclohexane derivative may be attached at one or both OH.
  • R 1 of the formula may be H, C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • n 0-2 and X is independently selected from C r C 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl,
  • R 10 is one of
  • Ci-C 8 alkanyl CrC 8 alkenyl, Ci-C 8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
  • R 1 is H, CrC 8 alkanyl, C 1 -C 8 alkenyl, C 1 -C 8 alkynyl, halogenated C 1 -C 8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX
  • n 0-2 and X is independently selected from CrC 8 alkanyl, CrC 8 alkenyl, CrC 8 alkynyl,
  • R 10 is one of
  • R 5 is H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols,
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula: where Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
  • the compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
  • multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
  • a sodium salt of the acid is merely representative and any physiologically acceptable acid salt (e.g., Li, K, Mg and Ca) is encompassed.
  • a free acid substituent (or salt thereof) may be modified as an ester (e.g., alkanyl ester) or as an amide or amide-like (e.g., CONHOH).
  • a polyethylene glycol (PEG), including derivatives thereof, may be attached to a compound.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • multimers of the same compound or different compounds of the compounds described herein i.e., two or more compounds joined to one another
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Examples of particular compounds amenable to the attachment of a PEG or to the formation of a multimer including PEG, are disclosed above as embodiments of the present invention.
  • Procedures for preparing a pegylated compound or pegylated multimers will be familiar to those in the art or in possession of the present disclosure. Examples are depicted in Figure 10 (a pegylated compound) and Figure 11 (a pegylated tetramer).
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein is administered to an individual in need thereof to treat an endothelial dysfunction (including a condition or symptom associated therewith, e.g., pain).
  • Endothelial dysfunction includes vascular abnormalities.
  • Vascular abnormalities are associated with diseases such as diabetes, sickle cell disease (e.g., sickle cell anemia), and atherosclerosis.
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be administered in combination (e.g., simultaneous, sequential or otherwise) with another therapy.
  • aspirin therapy is used for atherosclerosis.
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be administered in combination with aspirin therapy.
  • Aspirin therapy may utilize aspirin or an aspirin substitute which is useful for atherosclerosis.
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein is also useful to treat (e.g., via an orally available formulation) graft vs. host disease (GVHD) that commonly arises in patients post stem cell transplantation. Additional uses include for cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, such as mycosis fungoides and Sezary syndrome.
  • GVHD graft vs. host disease
  • Additional uses include for cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, such as mycosis fungoides and Sezary syndrome.
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein can also treat other diseases involving inflammatory cells in the skin, such as dermatitis, chronic eczema and psoriasis.
  • An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein of the present methods may be administered in a manner appropriate to the disease to be treated (including prevented and delay of onset). Appropriate dosages and a suitable duration and frequency of administration may be determined by such factors as the condition of the patient, the type and severity of the patient's disease and the method of administration. In general, an appropriate dosage and treatment regimen provides the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein in an amount sufficient to provide therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit.
  • an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be administered at a dosage ranging from 0.001 to 1000 mg/kg body weight (more typically 0.01 to 1000 mg/kg), on a regimen of single or multiple daily doses.
  • Appropriate dosages may generally be determined using experimental models and/or clinical trials. In general, the use of the minimum dosage that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which will be familiar to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • treating (or treatment) by administering an effective amount of at least one oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of a disease, disorder, dysfunction or abnormality, or one or more symptoms or conditions thereof.
  • Indicia of success include any objective or subjective parameter, such as abatement, remission, cure, diminishing of symptoms (such as pain) or conditions, making the symptom or condition more tolerable to the individual, slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline, improving an individual's physical or mental well-being, slowing or inhibiting progression, delaying the onset or prolonging the survival time.
  • the method may further comprise inclusion of one or more other types of therapeutic agents. Alternatively, the method may be used in conjunction with one or more other therapies.
  • Individuals treated include human and non-human animals, such as pets, animals for racing, animals for show and exotic animals. Typically, an animal is a warm-blooded animal.
  • oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be used for the preparation of a medicament.
  • a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of an endothelial dysfunction.
  • a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of graft versus host disease.
  • a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.
  • a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin.
  • Iodolactone V (15.73 g, 62.2 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (340 ml). Then DBU (14 ml, 93.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 20 h (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et 2 O, 1:1). The reaction mixture was cooled down to r.t, transferred with Et 2 O (200 ml) into a separation funnel and extracted with aqueous HCI (400 ml, 0.5 M) and brine (400 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted three times with Et 2 O (3x 200 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo (350 mbar).
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 (50 ml) and washed twice with HCI 3% (2 x 50 ml).
  • the aqueous layers were extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (2 x 25 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with a mixture of brine (80 ml) and water (100 ml).
  • the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (2 x 50 ml).
  • the combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo to afford a brown residue still dissolved in a few ml of CH 2 CI 2 , and was then treated with activated charcoal and filtered through celite. The clear green mixture was concentrated to dryness.
  • Tritylether XVII (948 mg, 2.79 mmol) was dissolved under argon atmosphere in CH 2 CI 2 (30 ml) and NaHCO 3 (281 mg, 3.34 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to 0 0 C and under stirring m-chloroperbenzoic acid (70 %, 960 mg, 5.56 mmol) was added. After stirring for 1.5 h the reaction temperature was gradually raised to room temperature and the mixture was stirred for another 3.5 h. The reaction was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 (50 ml) and transferred to a separation funnel. The excess of m-chloroperbenzoic acid was destroyed by washing with satd. solution of Na 2 S 2 O 3 (2 x 150 ml).
  • the reaction was diluted with tert-butyl methyl ether (10 ml) and quenched at 0 0 C with satd. solution of NaHCO 3 (10 ml).
  • the reaction mixture was further diluted and extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether and satd. solution of NaHCO 3 (each 20 ml).
  • the aqueous layer was extracted twice with tert-butyl methyl ether (2 x 50 ml).
  • the combined organic layers were dried with Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by flash chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc/Et 3 N, 13:1:0.07) to yield XIX (206 mg, 64 %) as yellowish resin.
  • CH 2 CI 2 was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at room temperature for 4 h, before adding the DMTST suspension via syringe to the other suspension. The reaction was stopped after 43 h and filtered through celite, washing with CH 2 CI 2 . The filtrate was successively washed with satd. solution of NaHCO 3 (20 ml) and water (60 ml). The aqueous layers were each time extracted with DCM (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated in vacuo.
  • a vinyl lithium solution was generated in situ by treating a solution of tetravinyl tin (409 ⁇ l_, 2.25 mmol) in THF (3 mL) with nBuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 3.35 mL, 8.38 mmol) during 30 min at 0 0 C.
  • CuCN (373 mg, 4.16 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was treated with the vinyl lithium solution and BF 3 etherate (209 ⁇ L, 1.66 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) according to general procedure A.
  • a solution of A-IV (90.0 mg, 0.161 mmol) in THF (4 ml.) was added to Pd/C (45.2 mg, 10% Pd) under argon.
  • the mixture was hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure at r.t. After 30 min the reaction was filtered through celite, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (toluene/petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 7:7:1 to 5:5:1) to yield A-V (69.8 mg, 77%) as a colorless solid.
  • thioglycoside A-Vl (112 mg, 0.144 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor A-V (61.6 mg, 0.110 mmol) in dry CH 2 CI 2 (4 ml_) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g).
  • a suspension of DMTST (87.0 mg, 0.337 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (500 mg) in CH 2 CI 2 (2 mL) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH 2 CI 2 (1 mL). The reaction was stopped after 49.5 h and work-up and purification according to general procedure C afforded A-VII (110 mg, 78%) as a colorless foam.
  • a cPrLi solution was generated in situ by treating a solution of bromocyclopropane (370 ⁇ L, 4.63 mmol) in THF (4 mL) with fl3u ⁇ (1.7 M in pentane, 5.45 mL, 9.27 mmol) during 80 min at -78°C.
  • CuCN 210 mg, 2.34 mmol
  • THF 5 mL
  • BF 3 etherate 115 ⁇ L, 0.914 mmol
  • thioglycoside A-Vl (228 mg, 0.292 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor B-Il (129 mg, 0.225 mmol) in dry CH 2 CI 2 (8 mL) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (2 g).
  • a suspension of DMTST (177 mg, 0.685 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g) in CH 2 CI 2 (4 mL) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH 2 CI 2 (2 mL).
  • thioglycoside A-Vl (218 mg, 0.279 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor C-Il (126 mg, 0.215 mmol) in dry CH 2 CI 2 (8 ml_) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (2 g).
  • a suspension of DMTST (166 mg, 0.644 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g) in CH 2 CI 2 (4 ml.) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4.5 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH 2 CI 2 (2 ml_). The reaction was stopped after 65.5 h and work-up and purification according to general procedure C afforded C-III (224 mg, 80%) as a colorless foam.
  • A-IV (106 mg, 0.189 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (5 mL) and Grubbs cat. 2 nd gen. (16.0 mg 18.8 ⁇ mol) and methyl acrylate (171 ⁇ L, 1.90 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated under reflux for 9 d. After 1 d, 2 d and 7 d additional Grubbs cat. 2 nd gen. (each 16.0 mg, 18.8 ⁇ mol) and methyl acrylate (each 171 ⁇ L, 1.90 mmol) were added.
  • thioglycoside A-Vl 47.9 mg, 61.3 ⁇ mol
  • glycosyl acceptor D-I 29.1 mg, 47.0 ⁇ mol
  • a suspension of DMTST 37.6 mg, 146 ⁇ mol
  • activated 3A molecular sieves 250 mg
  • CH 2 CI 2 (2 ml_) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH 2 CI 2 (1 mL).
  • D-III (46.0 mg, 34.4 ⁇ mol) was hydrogenated with Pd(OH) 2 /C (25 mg, 10% Pd) in dioxane/H 2 O (4:1, 3.75 mL) according to general procedure D. After 42 h the mixture was filtered through celite and hydrogenated with fresh Pd(OH) 2 /C (27 mg) for additional 24 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (3 mL) and sodium methoxide (51.6 ⁇ mol in 55 ⁇ l MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (6 ⁇ l_). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford D-III (19.2 mg, 73%) as a colorless solid.
  • rac-(1 R.2ff.5ff)-5-tert-Butyl-2-hvdroxycvclohexyl benzoate (rac-E-VII).
  • rac-E-VI (135 mg, 0.287 mmol) was suspended in MeOH (5 ml_).
  • Et 3 N (1 ml_) was added and the reaction stirred for 1 h.
  • the solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the residue was purified by MPLC on silica (toluene/ethyl acetate, 6:0 to 6:1) affording rac-E-VII (63.2 mg, 80%) as a white solid.
  • thioglycoside A-Vl 125 mg, 0.161 mmol
  • glycosyl acceptor E-VIII 71.4 mg, 0.121 mmol
  • a suspension of DMTST 120 mg, 0.465 mmol
  • activated 4A molecular sieves 500 mg
  • CH 2 CI 2 2 mL
  • Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 2 h, before adding the DMTST suspension via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH 2 CI 2 (1 mL).
  • Second compound (5 mg) was mixed with mPEG- nitrophenylcarbonate (5K) 75 mg, triethylamine 5 ul in DMF (2 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The solvent was removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified on C-18 to afford 40 mg product.
  • Second compound (20 mg) from Example 9 was mixed with 200 mg 4-arm PEG glutamidylsuccinate , triethylamine 5 ul and DMF 2 mL. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hr. After removing the solvent, the residue was purified on HPLC to afford the product.
  • Figure 14 provides the timeline used for studying the effects of an oligosaccharide mimic ("test compound” - see Figure 14 for chemical structure) on microvascular flow in sickle cell mice. Microvascular flow was determined by intravital microscopy.
  • Figure 15 shows the effects of test compound on the number of immobilized leukocytes on the endothelium in sickle cell mice during stimulation in vivo. Vehicle alone was used as the control. The data is based on 7 mice/cohort for control, and 4 mice/cohort for the test compound cohort. Measurements were taken at between about 20 to 30 locations for each mouse.
  • Figure 16 shows the effects of test compound on adherence of SSRBCs to leukocytes in sickle cell mice during stimulation in vivo. Control and mice/cohort were the same as described above for Figure 15.
  • Figure 17 shows the effects of a test compound on the time of survival of sickle cell mice after induction of a vaso-occlusive crisis by administration of TNF ⁇ .
  • EXAMPLE 14 ENDOTHELIAL STIMULATION
  • Glycated serum proteins induce neutrophil rolling on endothelial cells in an in vitro assay of cell adhesion under flow conditions.
  • Monolayers of human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECS) were incubated in glycated serum proteins ( Figure 18, glycated albumin, GIy-HSA or Figure 19, glycated hemoglobin, GIy-Hb) for 4 hours.
  • Monolayers were then inserted into a flow chamber and the chamber was perfused with human neutrophils (10 6 cell/ml) at a flow rate corresponding to a wall shear stress of 0.9 dynes/cm 2 .
  • mice Normal C57BL/6 mice and diabetic (db/db) C57BL/6 mice were used.
  • Diabetic (db/db) mice contain a mutation in the leptin receptor resulting in uncontrolled hunger and obesity, leading to hyperglycemia and diabetes.
  • Leukocyte rolling was measured by intravital microscopy. As shown in Figure 21 , diabetic mice (db/db) display a 4- to 5-fold increased leukocyte rolling over normal mice (C57BL/6).
  • Figure 21 shows the percent inhibition of leukocyte rolling in diabetic (db/db) mice by test compound relative to vehicle control. Clearly the test compound has an immediate effect of inhibiting cell flux which lasts throughout the length of the experiment.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)

Abstract

Methods are provided for using a compound to treat, for example, endothelial dysfunction including vascular abnormalities. More specifically, methods are described for using an oligosaccharide compound or glycomimetic compound wherein a cyclohexane derivative is incorporated in either.

Description

METHODS OF USE OF G LYCOM I M ETI CS WITH REPLACEMENTS FOR HEXOSES AND N-ACETYL HEXOSAMINES
CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/900,398 filed February 09, 2007 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/932,779 filed May 31 , 2007; which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
BACKGROUND
Technical Field The present invention relates generally to methods for using oligosaccharide mimics, and more particularly for using oligosaccharide mimics wherein a cyclohexane derivative is incorporated.
Description of the Related Art
Naturally occurring monosaccharides and oligosaccharides play a role, or are capable of playing a role, in a variety of biological processes. In certain cases, non-naturally occurring monosaccharides and oligosaccharides may serve to replace or even improve upon their naturally occurring counterparts. Monosaccharides and particularly oligosaccharides may be difficult, and thus costly, to produce. Even where the degree of difficulty to produce is not particularly elevated, the production of monosaccharides and oligosaccharides may still nevertheless be costly. This problem is multiplied where a costly monosaccharide or oligosaccharide needs to be mass produced. While mimics of monosaccharides and oligosaccharides ("glycomimetics") may improve upon their biological properties, the cost of producing the mimics may not be significantly reduced relative to that which they mimic. The mimics used herein have reduced production cost or reduced complexity. Endothelial dysfunction, including vascular abnormalities, is associated with a number of diseases. Diabetes is an example of such a disease. There is a need for improvements in the treatment of diabetes or symptoms or complications associated therewith. Accordingly, there is a need in the art for new methods for treating diabetes or symptoms or complications associated therewith. The present invention fulfills these needs and further provides other related advantages.
BRIEF SUMMARY
Briefly stated, the invention provides methods for using oligosaccharide mimic compounds. The mimics are useful, for example, for the treatment of endothelial dysfunction, including vascular abnormalities.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating an endothelial dysfunction comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the endothelial dysfunction an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative (i.e., both an oligosaccharide compound and a glycomimetic compound contain at least one cyclohexane derivative), wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides the method wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of
Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000007_0001
-O-C(=O)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from C1-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl,
a
Figure imgf000007_0002
physiologically acceptable salt, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or Ci-C14 aryl;
Figure imgf000008_0001
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or
Figure imgf000008_0002
C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000009_0001
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000009_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000010_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable
Figure imgf000010_0002
salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
(CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000010_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, d-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl or CrC8 alkynyl. In another embodiment, the present invention provides the method wherein the compound consists of:
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are defined as above. A compound of the methods of the present invention may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol. As used herein, the phrase "another of the compound" refers to the same or different compound of the compounds encompassed by the methods of the present invention; and includes more than one compound in which case the compound may be the same or different or both. As used herein, the phrase "attached by polyethylene glycol" refers to the attachment via one or more polyethylene glycols. Where there is more than one polyethylene glycol, they may be the same or different. In embodiments, two or more of the compounds (same or different) are attached to two or more polyethylene glycols (same or different). In an embodiment, each polyethylene glycol is attached to multiple polyethylene glycols, but each compound is attached to only one of the multiple polyethylene glycols. For example, a specific embodiment is shown in Figure 11 of the present disclosure. In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000012_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000012_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000013_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000013_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000014_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000014_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000015_0001
where Me is methyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000015_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000016_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000016_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000017_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000017_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0001
where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl, and Bz in benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0002
where Me is methyl and Bz in benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0003
where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the compound of a method has the formula:
Figure imgf000019_0001
where Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating graft vs. host disease comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat graft vs. host disease an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000019_0002
wherein,
R >1 - = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-Ce alkynyl, halogenated C1-Ce alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of
Me, OMe1 halide, or OH;
R2 = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, d-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX1 NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H; the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides the method immediately above, wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe1 halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe1 halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000022_0001
-O-C(=O)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000022_0002
and where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000023_0001
physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-Ci4 aryl;
Figure imgf000023_0002
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or
Figure imgf000023_0003
C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, Ci-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H1 CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000024_0001
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000024_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = d-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and R5 = H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000025_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable
Figure imgf000025_0002
salt, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000025_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl or CrC8 alkynyl. In one embodiment, the present invention provides the method immediately above wherein the compound consists of:
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are defined as above. In any of the embodiments pertaining to a method for treating graft vs. host disease, the compound used therein may be any one of the individual compounds disclosed separately above. Similarly, any description herein related to polyethylene glycol is also applicable to these embodiments. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating cutaneous T-cell lymphoma comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat cutaneous T-cell lymphoma an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000026_0002
wherein,
R1 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, CrCβ alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of
Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides the method immediately above, wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of
Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe1 halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=0)NHX or CX2OH1 where X = CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000029_0001
-0-C(=0)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000029_0002
physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-C14 aryl;
Figure imgf000030_0001
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or
Figure imgf000030_0002
C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 aikoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000031_0001
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000031_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = Ci-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000032_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable
Figure imgf000032_0002
salt, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000032_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl. In one embodiment, the present invention provides the method immediately above wherein the compound consists of:
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are defined as above. In any of the embodiments pertaining to a method for treating cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, the compound used therein may be any one of the individual compounds disclosed separately above. Similarly, any description herein related to polyethylene glycol is also applicable to these embodiments. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein,
R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe1 halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, d-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of
Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=0)0X where X is d-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = d-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=0)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides the method immediately above, wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of
Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=0)0X where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000036_0001
-O-C(=O)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=0)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000036_0002
where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000036_0003
physiologically acceptable salt, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-Ci4 aryl;
Figure imgf000037_0001
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or
Figure imgf000037_0002
C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
(CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where
Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000038_0001
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000038_0004
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000038_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = C1-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and R0 = H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000039_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable
Figure imgf000039_0002
salt, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000039_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl. In one embodiment, the present invention provides the method immediately above wherein the compound consists of:
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are defined as above. In any of the embodiments pertaining to a method for treating disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin, the compound used therein may be any one of the individual compounds disclosed separately above. Similarly, any description herein related to polyethylene glycol is also applicable to these embodiments. An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein is used for the preparation of a medicament. Uses of such a medicament are for the treatment of one or more of an endothelial dysfunction, graft vs. host disease, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, or disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin. These and other aspects of the present invention will become apparent upon reference to the following detailed description and attached drawings. All references disclosed herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each was incorporated individually.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of GIcNAc mimics from tetrahydrophthalic anhydride.
Figure 2 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of GIcNAc mimics from cyclohexenon.
Figure 3 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics. Figure 4 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
Figure 5 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
Figure 6 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics. Figure 7 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
Figure 8 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
Figure 9 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
Figure 10 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of a pegylated mimic.
Figure 11 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of a pegylated tetramer of a mimic.
Figure 12 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics.
Figure 13 is a diagram illustrating the synthesis of mimics. Figure 14 is a diagram of a timeline for the experiments for observing the effects of a test compound (an oligosaccharide mimic) on microvascular flow in sickle cell mice as determined by intravital microscopy.
Figure 15 is a graphical representation of the effects of a test compound (Figure 14) on cell adhesion to the endothelium during an induced vaso-occlusive crisis in sickle cell mice as determined by intravital microscopy.
Figure 16 is a graphical representation of the effects of a test compound (Figure 14) on the number of SS red blood cells adherent to leukocytes during an induced vaso-occlusive crisis in a sickle cell mouse as determined by intravital microscopy. Figure 17 is a graphical representation of the effects of a test compound (Figure 14) on the average survival of sickle cell mice after induction of a vaso-occlusive crisis.
Figure 18 is a graphical representation of induction of neutrophil adhesion under flow by glycated human serum albumin (GIy-HSA) treatment of human endothelial cells.
Figure 19 is a graphical representation of induction of neutrophil adhesion under flow by glycated hemaglobin (GIy-Hb) treatment of human endothelial cells. Figure 20 is a graphical representation of the blockade by test compound (at three concentrations) of glycated albumin-induced neutrophil adhesion under flow.
Figure 21 is a graphical representation of leukocyte rolling in diabetic mice, with and without test compound (Figure 14), as measured by intravital microscopy.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
As noted above, the present invention provides methods for using oligosaccharide mimics. Such mimics have a variety of uses in vitro and in vivo.
An oligosaccharide mimic (compound) may be prepared by incorporating one or more cyclohexane derivatives into an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound. An oligosaccharide refers to two or more monosaccharides covalently joined. Oligosaccharides are polymers containing monosaccharide units, typically with 2 to about 100 monosaccharides and any integer in-between. Each monosaccharide of an oligosaccharide is independently selected; although two or more monosaccharides may be identical.
The cyclohexane derivative of an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound of the methods of the present invention has the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0001
R1 may be H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, d-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX1 NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH. R2 may be H, CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=0)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX1 NHX1 NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe1 halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H. The cyclohexane derivative is attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at least at one of the OH, the R1 or the R2. In embodiments, attachment is at least at one of the OH or the R2. Other options for attachment include at both of the OH, e.g., one monosaccharide or monosaccharide mimic attached at one of the OH and another monosaccharide or monosaccharide mimic attached at the other OH.
As used herein, a "C1-C8 alkanyl" refers to an alkane substituent with one to eight carbon atoms and may be straight chain, branched or cyclic (cycloalkanyl). Examples are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and t-butyl. A "halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl" refers to a "C1-C8 alkanyl" possessing at least one halogen. Where there is more than one halogen present, the halogens present may be the same or different or both (if at least three present). A "CrC8 alkenyl" refers to an alkene substituent with one to eight carbon atoms, at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and may be straight chain, branched or cyclic (cycloalkenyl). Examples are similar to "C1-C8 alkanyl" examples except possessing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. A "CrC8 alkynyl" refers to an alkyne substituent with one to eight carbon atoms, at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and may be straight chain, branched or cyclic (cycloalkynyl). Examples are similar to "CrC8 alkanyl" examples except possessing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. An "alkoxy" refers to an oxygen substituent possessing a "CrC8 alkanyl," "CrC8 alkenyl" or "CrC8 alkynyl." This is -O-alkyl; for example methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy and the like; and alkenyl or alkynyl variations thereof (except for methoxy). It further refers to the group O-alkyl-W-alkyl where W is O or N; for example -O-(CH2)n-W-(CH2)m where n and m are independently 1-10. An "aryl" refers to an aromatic substituent with one to fourteen carbon atoms in one or multiple rings which may be separated by a bond or fused. A "heteroaryl" is similar to an "aryl" except the aromatic substituent possesses at least one heteroatom (such as N, O or S) in place of a ring carbon. Examples of aryls and heteroaryls include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazolo, furanyl, oxazolyl, thiophenyl, quinolinyl and diphenyl. As used herein, the term "independently selected" refers to the selection of identical or different substituents. "Me" and "Et" represent methyl and ethyl, respectively. "Bz" represents benzoyl. "Ar" represents aryl. Examples of physiologically acceptable salts include Na, K, Li, Mg and Ca. Monosaccharide substituents recited herein (e.g., D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose and L-fucose) may be in the furanose, pyranose or open form.
A linker arm may be desirable for attachment, for example, to a monosaccharide, a monosaccharide mimic or something else. A linker may include a spacer group, such as — (CH2)π — or — O(CH2)n — where n is generally about 1-20 (all number ranges disclosed herein include any whole integer range therein). An example of a linker is — NH2, e.g., — CH2 — NH2 when it includes a short spacer group.
Embodiments of linkers include the following:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000045_0002
Figure imgf000045_0003
Other linkers with or without a spacer group (e.g., CONH(CH2)2NH2l COOMe, or polyethylene glycol or derivative) will be familiar to those in the art or in possession of the present disclosure.
Alternatively, or in combination with a linker arm, a cyclohexane derivative may be attached at one or both OH.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound comprising:
Figure imgf000046_0001
R1 of the formula may be H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 of the formula may be H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=0)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl,
C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
f the formula may be -OH1
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000047_0002
-O-C(=O)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000047_0003
Figure imgf000048_0001
and where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000048_0002
physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl1 F, CF3, CrC8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, Ci-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-C14 aryl;
f the formula may be
Figure imgf000048_0003
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc1 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or
Figure imgf000048_0004
Ci-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, d-C8 alkoxy, NO2, Ci-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=0)0Y, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl or CrCi4 aryl; or
Figure imgf000049_0001
where R10 is one of
H.. A ' O
Figure imgf000049_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and f the formula may be H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose,
polyols, L-fucose, where X = CF3, cyclopropyl
Figure imgf000050_0001
or
CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
or where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable
Figure imgf000050_0002
salt,
Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
(CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where R11
is aryl, heteroaryl,
Figure imgf000050_0003
Figure imgf000050_0004
Figure imgf000050_0005
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound consisting of:
Figure imgf000051_0001
R1 is H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe, halide, or OH; R2 is H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000052_0001
-0-C(=0)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000052_0002
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000053_0002
and where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000053_0003
physiologically acceptable salt, d-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, CrC14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-C14 aryl;
Figure imgf000053_0004
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose, where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or
Figure imgf000054_0001
C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F1 CF3, Ci-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000054_0002
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000054_0003
Figure imgf000054_0004
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = d-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and
R5 is H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols,
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or CrC8
Figure imgf000055_0001
alkanyl,
CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
or where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable
Figure imgf000055_0002
salt,
CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
(CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where R11
is aryl, heteroaryl,
Figure imgf000055_0003
Figure imgf000055_0004
Figure imgf000055_0005
Figure imgf000056_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000056_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000057_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000057_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000058_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000058_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000059_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In another embodiment is provided the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000059_0002
where Me is methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000060_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000060_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000061_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000061_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000062_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000062_0002
where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl, and Bz in benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol. In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000063_0001
where Me is methyl and Bz in benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000063_0002
where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
In an embodiment, the present invention provides the use in a method of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000064_0001
where Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl. The compound may include a polyethylene glycol attached thereto. Alternatively, multimers may be formed whereby the compound is attached to another of the compound by polyethylene glycol.
For the compounds described herein, a free acid substituent, e.g., CO2H and (O=)S(=O)OH, encompasses a sodium salt of the acid, e.g., COONa and (O=)S(=O)ONa, and vice versa. Furthermore, a sodium salt of the acid is merely representative and any physiologically acceptable acid salt (e.g., Li, K, Mg and Ca) is encompassed. In addition, for the compounds described herein, a free acid substituent (or salt thereof) may be modified as an ester (e.g., alkanyl ester) or as an amide or amide-like (e.g., CONHOH).
For the compounds described herein (both generically and specifically), a polyethylene glycol (PEG), including derivatives thereof, may be attached to a compound. Alternatively, multimers of the same compound or different compounds of the compounds described herein (i.e., two or more compounds joined to one another) may be formed using PEG. Examples of particular compounds amenable to the attachment of a PEG or to the formation of a multimer including PEG, are disclosed above as embodiments of the present invention. Procedures for preparing a pegylated compound or pegylated multimers will be familiar to those in the art or in possession of the present disclosure. Examples are depicted in Figure 10 (a pegylated compound) and Figure 11 (a pegylated tetramer). An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein is administered to an individual in need thereof to treat an endothelial dysfunction (including a condition or symptom associated therewith, e.g., pain). Endothelial dysfunction includes vascular abnormalities. Vascular abnormalities are associated with diseases such as diabetes, sickle cell disease (e.g., sickle cell anemia), and atherosclerosis. An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be administered in combination (e.g., simultaneous, sequential or otherwise) with another therapy. For example, aspirin therapy is used for atherosclerosis. An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be administered in combination with aspirin therapy. Aspirin therapy may utilize aspirin or an aspirin substitute which is useful for atherosclerosis.
An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein is also useful to treat (e.g., via an orally available formulation) graft vs. host disease (GVHD) that commonly arises in patients post stem cell transplantation. Additional uses include for cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, such as mycosis fungoides and Sezary syndrome. An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein can also treat other diseases involving inflammatory cells in the skin, such as dermatitis, chronic eczema and psoriasis.
An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein of the present methods may be administered in a manner appropriate to the disease to be treated (including prevented and delay of onset). Appropriate dosages and a suitable duration and frequency of administration may be determined by such factors as the condition of the patient, the type and severity of the patient's disease and the method of administration. In general, an appropriate dosage and treatment regimen provides the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein in an amount sufficient to provide therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit. Within particularly preferred embodiments of the invention, an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be administered at a dosage ranging from 0.001 to 1000 mg/kg body weight (more typically 0.01 to 1000 mg/kg), on a regimen of single or multiple daily doses. Appropriate dosages may generally be determined using experimental models and/or clinical trials. In general, the use of the minimum dosage that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which will be familiar to those of ordinary skill in the art.
As used herein, treating (or treatment) by administering an effective amount of at least one oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of a disease, disorder, dysfunction or abnormality, or one or more symptoms or conditions thereof. Indicia of success include any objective or subjective parameter, such as abatement, remission, cure, diminishing of symptoms (such as pain) or conditions, making the symptom or condition more tolerable to the individual, slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline, improving an individual's physical or mental well-being, slowing or inhibiting progression, delaying the onset or prolonging the survival time. The method may further comprise inclusion of one or more other types of therapeutic agents. Alternatively, the method may be used in conjunction with one or more other therapies. Individuals treated include human and non-human animals, such as pets, animals for racing, animals for show and exotic animals. Typically, an animal is a warm-blooded animal.
An oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound as described herein may be used for the preparation of a medicament. In one embodiment, a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of an endothelial dysfunction. In one embodiment, a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of graft versus host disease. In one embodiment, a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma. In one embodiment, a medicament is prepared for the use in the treatment of disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin.
The following Examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1 SYNTHESIS OF GICNAC MIMIC FROM TETRAHYDROPHTHALIC ANHYDRIDE (Fig. 1 )
Synthesis of intermediate I: Amberlyste 15 (50.0 g) was placed in a flask and dried in high vacuo for 1 h. Methanol (1 I) was added, followed by cis-1 ,2,3,6- tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (50.0 g, 328 mmol) and trimethylorthoformate (100 ml, 914 mmol). The reaction mixture was then vigorously stirred. After 5 days, additional trimethylorthoformate (50 ml, 457 mmol) was added. The reaction was stopped after 9 days (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 1 :2), filtered over celite and washed with methanol. The solvent was removed in vacuo (20 mbar). The brown residue was transferred with CH2CI2 (150 ml) into a separation funnel and washed with satd. NaHCθ3 solution and brine (each 150 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted 3 times with CH2CI2 (3x 150 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (20 mbar) to afford diester I as a brownish oil (57.5 g, 88%).
Synthesis of intermediate II:
To a stirred suspension of diester I (2.00 g, 10.1 mmol) in pH 7.00 phosphate buffer solution (103 ml, 0.07 M), PLE (8.00 mg, 216 units) was added. The pH was kept at 7 by adding continuously NaOH solution (1.0 M) via syringe pump. The reaction was stirred at 2O0C until one equivalent of NaOH (10 ml) was used (56.5 h, TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 1:2). The reaction mixture was transferred into a separation funnel with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The layers were separated and the organic layer was extracted twice with pH 7.00 phosphate buffer solution (2x 60 ml). The combined aqueous layers were acidified to pH 2 with 1 M HCI solution and extracted four times with ethyl acetate (4x 150 ml). To separate the layers NaCI was added. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the monoester Il as a yellowish oil (1.67 g, 90%). 96.0% ee. (GC), 96.4% ee. (rot.), [α]D 21 + 15.23° (c = 0.195, EtOH), (Lit. + 15.8° (c = 0.2, EtOH), [Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1984, 23, 142]).
Synthesis of intermediate III:
A solution of monoester Il (0.992 g, 5.38 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (18 ml) was treated with (COCI)2 (0.7 ml, 8.15 mmol) and DMF (14 μl), stirred for 3 h at r.t. and evaporated (rotavapor purged with argon). A solution of the residue in dry THF (20 ml) was added dropwise over a period of 20 minutes to a boiling suspension of 2-mercaptopyridine-1 -oxide sodium salt (974.8 mg, 6.49 mmol), t-BuSH (3.1 ml, 27.5 mmol), and 4-DMAP (26.3 mg, 0.216 mmol) in dry THF (50 ml). The solution was stirred at reflux for 3h (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 10:1). The reaction mixture was then cooled down to r.t. (room temperature) and transferred into a separation funnel with ethyl acetate (50 ml) and washed with water (100 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (2x 100 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (200 mbar). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 30:1 to 15:1) to afford methylester III as a yellowish oil (584.9 mg, 83%). [α]D 21 + 78.23° (c = 1.010, CHCI3).
Synthesis of intermediate IV:
To a stirred suspension of methylester III (5.19 g, 37.0 mmol) in pH 7.00 phosphate buffer solution (520 ml, 0.07 M), PLE (51.2 mg, 1382 units) was added. The pH was kept at 7 by adding NaOH solution (1.0 M) via syringe pump. The reaction was stirred at r.t. until one equivalent of NaOH (37 ml) was used (11 h, TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 1 :1). The reaction mixture was transferred into a separation funnel and washed twice with ethyl acetate (2x 300 ml). The layers were separated and the organic layers were extracted twice with pH 7.00 phosphate buffer solution (2x 300 ml). The combined aqueous layers were acidified to pH 2 with aqueous HCI (30 ml, 4 M) and extracted three times with ethyl acetate (3x 400 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (100 mbar). The crude product was filtered through a short plug of silica affording acid IV as a pale yellowish oil (3.92 g, 84%). 96.3% ee. (GC), 94.3% ee. (rot.), [α]D 21 + 89.12° (c = 6.730, MeOH), (Lit. + 94.5° (c = 7, MeOH), [Acta Chem. Scand, 1970, 24, 2693]).
Synthesis of intermediate V: Acid IV (8.30 g, 65.7 mmol) was placed in a flask purged with argon and suspended in water (180 ml). The reaction mixture was cooled down to 00C and NaHCO3 (16.6 g, 197 mmol) was added, followed by a solution of Kl (65.4 g, 394 mmol) and iodine (17.5 g, 68.9 mmol) in water (150 ml). The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 24 h and then extracted three times with CH2CI2 (3x 60 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with a solution of
Na2S2O3 (50 g) in water (250 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted twice with CH2CI2 (2x 60 ml). The combined organic layers were protected from light, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (20 mbar) and quickly in high vacuo to afford iodolactone V as an off-white solid (15.79 g, 95%). [CC]D 21 + 35.96° (c = 0.565, CHCI3).
Synthesis of intermediate Vl:
Iodolactone V (15.73 g, 62.2 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (340 ml). Then DBU (14 ml, 93.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 20 h (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 1:1). The reaction mixture was cooled down to r.t, transferred with Et2O (200 ml) into a separation funnel and extracted with aqueous HCI (400 ml, 0.5 M) and brine (400 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted three times with Et2O (3x 200 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (350 mbar). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/CH2CI2/Et20, 20:5:1 to 8:5:1) to afford lactone Vl as a yellowish oil (7.28 g, 94%). [α]D 21 + 187.31° (c = 1.080, CHCI3).
Synthesis of intermediate VII: NaHCO3 (4.36 g, 51.8 mmol) was dried in high vacuum for 2 h.
Then, freshly distilled methanol (268 ml) was added followed by lactone Vl (6.38 g, 51.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred under argon for 12 h (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 1 :1). The solvent was evaporated and the residue transferred into a separation funnel with CH2CI2 (60 ml) and extracted with water (60 ml) and brine (60 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted twice with CH2CI2 (2x 60 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (50 mbar) to obtain the alcohol as a yellowish oil (7.77 g, 96%). To a solution of the alcohol in dry CH2CI2 (150 ml), tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (14.93 g, 99 mmol) was added in small portions, followed by DBU (18.4 ml, 123.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at r.t for 12 h (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 20:1) and then quenched with methanol (20 ml). The reaction mixture was transferred into a separation funnel with CH2CI2 (100 ml), washed with satd. NaHCO3 solution (100 ml) and brine (100 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted twice with CH2CI2 (2x 100ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated (200 mbar). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 40:1 to 20:1) to afford silylether VII as a colorless oil (13.96 g, quantitative yield). [α]D 21 + 1.97° (c = 1.045, CHCI3). Synthesis of intermediate VIII:
A solution of silylether VII (1.21 g, 4.47 mmol) in CH2CI2 (36 ml) was cooled to 1O0C, then m-CPBA (1.92 g, 11.1 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at 1O0C for 15 h. Over a period of 2 hours the temperature was raised to r.t and the reaction stopped (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 5:1). The mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (150 ml) and transferred into a separation funnel. The excess of m-CPBA was destroyed by washing twice with satd. Na2S2Cb solution (2x 150 ml). The organic layer was successively washed with satd. NaHCO3 solution (150 ml) and brine (150 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted twice with CH2CI2 (2x 100 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 12:1 to 10:1) to obtain epoxide VIII as yellowish oil (1.001 g, 78%). [α]D 21 - 25.60 (c = 0.985, CHCI3).
Synthesis of intermediate IX:
CuCN (635.4 mg, 7.09 mmol) was dried in high vacuo at 15O0C for 30 minutes, suspended in dry THF (10 ml) and cooled down to -780C. MeLi (1.6 M in Et2O, 8.90 ml, 14.2 mmol) was slowly added via syringe and the temperature was raised over a period of 30 minutes to -1O0C. The mixture was again cooled down to -780C followed by the addition of freshly distilled BF3 etherate (360 μl) in THF (2 ml). After stirring for 20 minutes, epoxide VIII (408.0 mg, 1.42 mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added. The reaction was stopped after 5 h stirring at -780C (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 3:1). The excess of MeLi was quenched with a mixture of methanol (4 ml) and triethylamine (4 ml). The mixture was transferred with Et2O (100 ml) into a separation funnel and extracted with 25% aq. NHs/satd. NH4CI (1 :9) solution. The organic layer was then successively washed with brine (60 ml), 5% acetic acid (60 ml), satd. NaHCO3 solution (60 ml) and brine (60 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted twice with Et2O (2x 100 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo (20 mbar). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 10:1 to 8:1) to afford GlcΛ/Ac-mimic IX as a reddish oil (337.0 mg, 78%). [α]D 21 - 28.34° (c = 1.020, CHCI3).
Synthesis of intermediate X:
After a mixture of IX (347.5 mg, 1.15 mmol), ethyl 2,3,4-tri-O- benzyl-L-fucothiopyranoside (1.111 g, 2.32 mmol), (Bu)4NBr (1.122 g, 3.48 mmol), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylpyridine (713.3 mg, 3.47 mmol), and powdered 4A molecular sieves (3 g) in CH2CI2 (12 ml) and DMF (3 ml) was stirred at r.t. under Ar for 4 h, CuBr2 (775.9 mg, 3.47 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 20 h (TLC-control: toluene/petroleum ether/EtOAc, 3:3:1). The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite and the filtrate was diluted with CH2CI2 (20 ml). The organic layer was washed with satd. NaHCO3 solution and brine (each 40 ml) and the aqueous layers were extracted three times with CH2CI2 (3 x 40 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and co-evaporated with toluene to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 7:1 to 5:1) to yield compound X as a yellowish oil (631.4 mg, 76%). [α]D 21 - 40.66° (c = 0.790, CHCI3).
Synthesis of intermediate Xl: To a solution of disaccharide mimic X (139.5 mg, 0.194 mmol) in
THF (5 ml), TBAF (390 μl, 0.390 mmol) was added. After 26 h additional TBAF (200 μl, 0.200 mmol) was added, and the solution was continued stirring. The reaction was stopped after 50 h and concentrated in vacuo (TLC-control: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 5:1). The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 3:1) to afford the unprotected disaccharide mimic Xl as a white solid (95.7 mg, 81%). [α]D 21 - 43.03° (c = 1.090, CHCI3). Synthesis of intermediate XII:
Dry CH2CI2 (16 ml) was added to a mixture of the thioglycoside (562.3 mg, 0.719 mmol), glycosyl acceptor Xl (335.6 mg, 0.555 mmol) and activated 4A molecular sieves (4 g) under argon atmosphere. A suspension of DMTST (440.6 mg, 1.706 mmol) and activated 4A molecular sieves (2 g) in CH2CI2 (8 ml) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at room temperature for 4 h, before adding the DMTST suspension via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (1 ml). The reaction was stopped after 63 h (TLC-control: petroleum ether/Et2O, 1 :1), and filtered through celite, washing with CH2CI2. The filtrate was successively washed with satd. solution of NaHCO3 (40 ml) and water (100 ml). The aqueous layers were three times extracted with DCM (3 x 60 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by repeated column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 1:1) to afford tetrasaccharide XII as a white foam (484.9 mg, 66%). [α]D 21 - 52.80 (c = 1.050, CHCI3).
Synthesis of product XIII:
A mixture of XII (132.5 mg, 0.100 mmol), Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg), dioxane (3 ml) and water (0.75 ml) was hydrogenated in a Parr-shaker under 4 bar at r.t. After 20 h the mixture was filtered through Celite and set up with new Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg) for another 26 h, after which TLC control indicated completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (4 ml) and sodium methanolate (0.150 mmol in 160 μl MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (17 μl). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford compound XIII as a white solid (57.1 mg, 76%). [α]D 21 - 85.02° (c = 0.570, MeOH). EXAMPLE 2 SYNTHESIS OF GICNAC MIMICS FROM CYCLOHEXENON (Fig. 2)
Synthesis of intermediate XIV:
2-Cyclohexenone (9.8 ml, 101 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (250 ml) in a light protected flask, then the solution was cooled to 0° C. Bromine (5.4 ml, 105 mmol) in CH2CI2 (100 ml) was added via dropping funnel over 35 min. The clear yellow solution was stirred at 0 0C for 2.5 h, then Et3N (23.1 ml, 166 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 ml) was added portion-wise via dropping funnel, causing a color change from clear yellow to brown with precipitate. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then stopped. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (50 ml) and washed twice with HCI 3% (2 x 50 ml). The aqueous layers were extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 25 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with a mixture of brine (80 ml) and water (100 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo to afford a brown residue still dissolved in a few ml of CH2CI2, and was then treated with activated charcoal and filtered through celite. The clear green mixture was concentrated to dryness. Recrystallization from hexane/EtOAc (100 ml:few drops) gave offwhite crystals. The crystals were dried in a desiccator for 12 h affording bromide XIV (11.0 g, 62.8 mmol, 62%). 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 2.07 (m, 2 H, H-5), 2.45 (m, 2 H, H-4), 2.63 (m, 2 H, H-6) , 7.42 (t, 3J = 4.4 Hz, 1 H, H-3).
Synthesis of intermediate XV:
(S)-α,α-diphenylprolinol (290 mg, 1.14 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 ml) in a flame dried, light protected flask, then under stirring B(OMe)3 (153 μl, 1.37 mmol) was added via syringe to the solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature, before BH3 Λ/,Λ/-diethylaniline (2.00 ml, 11.2 mmol) was added and the resulting solution cooled to -10 0C. A solution of bromide XIV (2.00 g, 11.4 mmol) in THF (15 ml) was then added over 45 min. The clear yellow mixture was stirred for 3 h at 0 0C. After complete conversion of the ketone the reaction was quenched with HCI (1 M1 20 ml). The resulting mixture was diluted with CH2Cb (40 ml) and water (50 ml). After separation the organic layer was washed with brine (20 ml) and both aqueous layers were extracted twice with CH2CI2 (2 x 25 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatographic purification of the crude product (petroleum ether/Et2O, 2:1 to 1.5:1) gave XV (1.89 g, 10.7 mmol, 93%) as a colorless oil and with an optical yield of 96% ee determined by optical rotation and derivatization with (1R)-(-)-MTPA-CI. [α]D 21 = +83.0
(c = 1.01; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 1.59-1.66 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 1.69-1.77 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.86-1.97 (m, 2 H, H-6a, H-6b), 2.00-2.07 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 2.09-2.16 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 2.26 (m, 1 H, OH), 4.20 (m, 1 H, H-1), 6.19 (t, 3J = 4.0 Hz, 1 H, H-3).
Synthesis of intermediate XVI:
XV (7.33 g, 41.4 mmol) was dissolved in Et2O (43 ml) in a flame dried flask equipped with a dropping funnel. te/t-BuLi (1.7 M in pentane, 133 mmol) was dropwise added at -78 0C over 1 h and 15 min. After complete addition, the clear yellowish mixture was stirred for further 1 h and 30 min at - 78 0C and was then warmed up to -20 0C over 3 hrs and 15 min. The reaction was quenched by addition of satd. solution of NaHCO3 (50 ml) and stirred for a further hour at room temperature. The reaction was diluted by addition of water (20 ml) and Et2O (20 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice with Et2O (2 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo (>200 mbar) to afford a yellow mixture (still presence of solvent) which was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 2:1 to 1 :1). The product was mostly concentrated in vacuo (>200 mbar), then the rest of the solvent was removed by distillation under argon with vigreux column to afford alcohol XVI (3.39 g, 34.6 mmol, 85%) as a clear brown oil. [α]D 21 = +117.7 (c = 0.95; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 1.53-1.64 (m, 3 H, H-5a, H-6a, OH), 1.68-1.77 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.87 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 1.92-2.06 (m, 2 H, H-4a, H-4b), 4.19 (s, 1 H1 H-1), 5.74 (dd, 3J = 2.4, 10.0 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 5.82 (m, 1 H, H-3).
Synthesis of intermediate XVII:
Alcohol XVI (1.51 g, 15.3 mmol) was stirred in CH2CI2 (35 ml) at room temperature. Trityl chloride (9.54 g, 34.2 mmol) was added to the mixture, then DBU (5.9 ml, 39.5 mmol) was added via syringe. The brown mixture was stirred for 45 h, then stopped. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (50 ml) and washed with satd. solution of NaHCO3 (50 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with CH2CI2 (2 x 25 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated to dryness. The resulting viscous brown oil was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/toluene, 11:1 to 4:1) affording tritylether XVII (3.72 g, 10.9 mmol, 71%) as a yellow solid. [α]D 21 = +74.6 (C = 1.15; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 1.31-1.41 (m, 3 H1 H-5a, H-6), 1.68-1.76 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.80 (m, 1 H1 H-4a), 1.98 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 4.06 (s, 1 H1 H-1), 5.03 (m, 1 H, H-2), 5.61 (m, 1 H, H-3), 7.21-7.54 (m, 15 H1 3 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C25H24O (340.46): C 88.20, H 7.10; found: C 88.01, H 7.29.
Synthesis of intermediate anf/-XVIII:
Tritylether XVII (948 mg, 2.79 mmol) was dissolved under argon atmosphere in CH2CI2 (30 ml) and NaHCO3 (281 mg, 3.34 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C and under stirring m-chloroperbenzoic acid (70 %, 960 mg, 5.56 mmol) was added. After stirring for 1.5 h the reaction temperature was gradually raised to room temperature and the mixture was stirred for another 3.5 h. The reaction was diluted with CH2CI2 (50 ml) and transferred to a separation funnel. The excess of m-chloroperbenzoic acid was destroyed by washing with satd. solution of Na2S2O3 (2 x 150 ml). The organic layer was then successively washed with satd. Na2CO3 solution (150 ml) and brine (150 ml). The aqueous layers were each time extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc, 20:1 to 15:1) affording epoxide aπf/-XVIII (714 mg, 2.00 mmol, 72 %) as colorless solid. [α]D 21 = +26.6 (c = 0.67; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 1.02-1.11 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 1.15-1.22 (m, 1 H, H-6a), 1.37-1.43 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.53 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 1.64-1.71 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.90 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 2.25 (m, 1 H, H-2). 2.97 (m, 1 H, H-3), 3.86 (m, 1 H, H-1), 7.23-7.53 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C25H24O2 (356.46): C 84.24, H 6.79; found: C 83.86, H 6.85.
Synthesis of intermediate XIX:
Copper(l) iodide (499 mg, 2.62 mmol) was dried at high vacuo at 200 0C for 30 minutes, then flushed with argon and suspended in dry diethylether (10 ml). After cooling to - 20 0C MeLi (1.6 M in ether, 3.26 ml, 5.22 mmol) was slowly added and the solution was stirred for 15 minutes. A solution of epoxide anft-XVIII (310 mg, 0.870 mmol) in diethylether (7 ml) was added to the cuprate. After stirring for 30 minutes at -20 0C the reaction mixture was slowly brought to room temperature and stirred for one week. The reaction was diluted with tert-butyl methyl ether (10 ml) and quenched at 0 0C with satd. solution of NaHCO3 (10 ml). The reaction mixture was further diluted and extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether and satd. solution of NaHCO3 (each 20 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted twice with tert-butyl methyl ether (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc/Et3N, 13:1:0.07) to yield XIX (206 mg, 64 %) as yellowish resin. [α]D 21 = -57.6 (c = 0.52; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 0.78 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 0.94 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.00 (d, 3J = 6.4 Hz, 3 H, CH3), 1.17 (m, 1 H1 H-3), 1.32 (m, 1 H1 H-6a), 1.40 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.46-1.49 (m, 2 H, H-4b, H-6b), 2.67 (s, 1 H, OH), 2.83 (ddd, 3J = 4.1 , 8.6, 11.1 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 3.32 (t, 3J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 7.21-7.30, 7.49-7.50 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C26H28O2 (372.51): C 83.83, H 7.58; found: C 83.51 , H 7.56.
Synthesis of intermediate XX:
A solution of Br2 (43 μl, 0.837 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 ml) was added dropwise at 0 0C to a solution of ethyl 2,3,4-tri-O-benzyl-L-fucothiopyranoside (349 mg, 0.729 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 ml). After stirring for 50 min at 0 0C, cyclohexene (100 μl) was added and the solution stirred for another 20 min. The mixture was dropwise added to a solution of XIX (208 mg, 0.558 mmol) and Et4NBr (154 mg, 0.733 mmol) in DMF/CH2CI2 (10 ml, 1 :1) which has been stirred with activated 3A molecular sieves (850 mg) for 2 h. The mixture was stirred for 14 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with pyridine (1 ml) and filtered over celite with addition of CH2CI2 (20 ml). The solution was washed with brine (40 ml) and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic phases were dried with Na2SO4, the solvent was removed azeotropic with toluene, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (petroleum ether/toluene/ethyl acetate/Et3N, 20:5:1 :0.26) to afford 254 mg (58 %, 0.322 mmol) of XX as colorless foam. [α]D 21 = -36.4 (c = 0.51; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 0.81 (d, 3J=6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.05 (m, 1 H, H-6a), 1.18 (d, 3J = 7.6 Hz, 3 H, CH3), 1.15-1.28 (m, 2 H, H-4a, H-5a), 1.34 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 1.75 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.85-1.90 (m, 2 H, H-3, H-5b), 2.91 (m, 1 H, H-2), 3.52 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.64 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 3.76 (dd, 3J=2.7, 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.81 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.88 (dd, 3J = 3.6, 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-2), 4.54 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.61 (d, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 4.61 , 4.64, 4.65, 4.77, 4.92 (5 m, 5 H, 3 CH2Ph), 7.17-7.34, 7.48-7.50 (m, 30 H, 6 C6H5). Synthesis of intermediate XXI:
To a stirred solution of tritylether XX (241 mg, 0.305 mmol) in CH2CI2 (4 ml), ZnBr2 (208 mg, 0.924 mmol) and triethylsilane (55 μl, 0.344 mmol) was added. The reaction was quenched after 8 h by adding 100 μl water. CH2Cb (10 ml) was added and the reaction mixture extracted with satd. solution of NaHCO3 (30 ml). After separation the aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM (2 x 20 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with satd. solution of NaHCO3 (50 ml) and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatographic purification of the crude product (petroleum ether/toluene/ethyl acetate, 5:5:1) gave 140 mg (84 %, 0.256 mmol) Of XXI as yellowish solid. [α]D 21 = -35.0 (c = 0.45; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 0.98 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.08 (d, 3J= 6.4 Hz, 3 H, CH3), 1.16 (d, 3J = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.22-1.30 (m, 2 H, H-5a, H-6a), 1.51 (m, 1 H, H-3), 1.61-1.67 (m, 2 H, H-4b, H-5b), 2.00 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.87 (t, 3J = 9.3 Hz1 1 H,
H-2), 3.37 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.70 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.97 (dd, 3J= 2.7, 10.2 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.10-4.14 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-5), 4.65, 4.70, 4.76, 4.77, 4.86, 4.99 (6 m, 6 H, 3 CH2Ph), 5.00 (d, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 7.25-7.39 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C34H42O6 (546.69): C 74.70, H 7.74; found: C 74.68, H 7.80.
Synthesis of intermediate XXII:
Dry CH2CI2 (8 ml) was added to a mixture of the thioglycoside (254 mg, 0.325 mmol), the glycosyl acceptor XXI (137 mg, 0.251 mmol) and activated 4A molecular sieves (2 g) under argon atmosphere. A suspension of DMTST (206 mg, 0.798 mmol) and activated 4A molecular sieves (1 g) in
CH2CI2 was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at room temperature for 4 h, before adding the DMTST suspension via syringe to the other suspension. The reaction was stopped after 43 h and filtered through celite, washing with CH2CI2. The filtrate was successively washed with satd. solution of NaHCO3 (20 ml) and water (60 ml). The aqueous layers were each time extracted with DCM (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/toluene/ethyl acetate, 7:7:1 to 5:5:1) to afford 187 mg (59 %, 0.148 mmol) of XXII as colorless foam. [α]D 21 = -51.0 (c = 0.51 ; CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz): δ = 0.45-1.46 (m, 19 H, CyCH2, MeCy), 1.04 (d, 3J = 6.3 Hz, 3 H, CH3), 1.44 (d, 3J = 6.4 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.86 (m, 1 H, MeCy), 3.21 (t, 3J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.48 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.51 (s. 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.82 (dd, 3J= 3.3, 9.9 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.91 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 4.02 (dd, 3J = 3.3, 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-2), 4.05 (dd, 3J = 2.3, 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.12 (dd, 3J = 4.6, 7.9 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.24 (dd, 3J= 7.2 Hz1 2J= 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6a), 4.26 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.38 (dd, 3J= 5.7 Hz, 2J= 11.4 Hz, 1 H1 GaI H-6b), 4.51 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.54 (d, 3J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.63, 4.67, 4.74, 4.77 (4 m, 4 H, 2 CH2Ph), 4.88 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 5.05 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 5.06 (d, 3J= 3.5 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.11 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 5.60 (m, 1 H, GaI H-2), 5.84 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 7.17-7.34, 7.42-7.46, 7.52-7.58, 8.03-8.12 (m, 35 H, 7 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C77H84O16 (1265.48): C 73.08, H 6.69; found: C 73.16, H 6.76.
Synthesis of product XXIII: Pd/C (50 mg, 10 % Pd) was suspended under argon atmosphere in ethanol (3 ml) with a catalytic amount of acetic acid. Compound XXII (101 mg, 79.8 μmol) was added and the resulting mixture was hydrogenated under 70 psi at room temperature. After 1 day another 50 mg of Pd/C were added and hydrogenation was continued for another 5 days. The reaction was quenched with CH2CI2 and filtered on celite, washing with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum, redissolved in methanol/water (3:1 , 4 ml) and lithium hydroxide (100 mg, 4.18 mmol) was added. After 2 days stirring the mixture was neutralized with Dowex 50x8 (H+), filtered through a Dowex 50 ion exchanger column (Na+ form) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (ChfeCb/methanol/water, 5:1 :0.1 to 5:2.5:0.25), followed by Sephadex G15 column and lyophilization from dioxane to give 36.5 mg (74 %, 59.4 μmol) of XXIII as colorless foam. [α]D 21 =-84.8 (c = 0.32; MeOH); 1H-NMR (MeOD, 500.1 MHz): δ = 0.87-1.00 (m, 2 H, CyCH2, MeCy), 1.04-1.38 (m, 6 H, CyCH2, MeCy), 1.13 (d, 3J = 6.3 Hz, 3 H, CH3), 1.20 (d, 3J = 6.5 Hz, 3 H1 Fuc H-6), 1.55-1.74 (m, 10 H, CyCH2, MeCy), 1.92 (m, 1 H), 2.13 (m, 1 H, MeCy), 3.20 (t, 3J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.24 (dd, 3J = 2.8, 9.3 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.42 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.62-3.68 (m, 3 H, GaI H-2, GaI H-6a, H-1), 3.70-3.75 (m, 3 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-4, GaI H-6b), 3.85 (dd, 3J= 3.3, 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.88 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4) 4.07 (dd, 3J = 3.1, 9.3 Hz, 1 H1 Lac H-2), 4.29 (d, 3J = 7.8 Hz1 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.89 (m, 1 H1 Fuc H-5), 5.00 (d, 3J = 3.9 Hz, 1 H1 Fuc H-1); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C28H47Na0i3 • 1 H2O (614.65+18.02): C 53.16, H 7.81 ; found: C 53.22, H 7.91.
EXAMPLE 3 {(1 f?,2f?,3S)-2-[(6-DE0XY-α-L-GALACT0PYRAN0SYL)0XY]-3-ETHYL-CYCL0HEX-1 -YL.} 2-O-BENZOYL-3-O-[(1 S)-1 -CARBOXY^-CYCLOHEXYL-ETHYLl-β-D-
GALACTOPYRANOSiDE (A-VIII; FIG. 3)
General procedure A for nucleophilic opening of epoxide A-I with cuprate reagents. CuCN (3.81 mmol) was dried in vacuo at 15O0C for 30 min, suspended in dry THF (10 mL) and cooled to -78°C. A solution of the appropriate organo lithium compound (7.63 mmol) was slowly added via syringe and the temperature was raised over a period of 30 min to -2O0C and the mixture stirred at this temperature for 10 min. The mixture was cooled to -780C followed by the addition of freshly distilled BF3 etherate (1.53 mmol) in THF (2 mL). After stirring for 20 min, epoxide A-I (0.761 mmol) dissolved in THF (8 mL) was added. The reaction was slowly warmed to -500C over 5 h and then stirred at this temperature for 24 h. After slowly warming the reaction to -30°C over another 21 h the reaction was quenched with a 25% aq. NH^satd. NH4CI (1 :9, 20 ml.) solution. The mixture was transferred with Et2O (30 mL) into a separation funnel and extracted with additional 25% aq. NI-13/satd. NH4CI (1 :9, 30 mL) solution. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL). The aqueous layers were extracted with Et2O (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/Et2O, 20:1 to 13:1 , + 1% Et3N) to afford the corresponding GlcΛ/Ac mimic.
General procedure B for α-fucosylation and detritylation.
A solution of Br2 (0.837 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 mL) was added dropwise at 00C to a solution of ethyl 2,3,4-tri-O-benzyl-1-thio-L-fucopyranoside (A-III, 0.729 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL). After stirring for 50 min at 00C, cyclohexene (100 μL) was added and the solution stirred for another 20 min. The mixture was added dropwise to a solution of the appropriate GlcΛ/Ac mimic (0.558 mmol) and Et4NBr (0.733 mmol) in DMF/CH2CI2 (10 mL, 1 :1), which has been stirred with activated 3A molecular sieves (850 mg) for 2 h. The mixture was stirred for 14 h at r.t. The reaction was quenched with pyridine (1 mL) and filtered over celite with addition of CH2CI2 (20 mL). The solution was washed with brine (40 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic phases were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and the solvents were removed azeotropically with toluene. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (petroleum ether/diethyl ether, 12:1 to 7:1 , + 1% Et3N) to afford the fucosylated tritylether. To a stirred solution of the tritylether (0.305 mmol) in CH2CI2 (4 mL), ZnBr2 (0.924 mmol) and triethylsilane (0.344 mmol) were added. The reaction was quenched after 8 h by adding water (100 μL). CH2CI2 (10 mL) was added and the reaction mixture extracted with satd. aqueous NaHCO3 (30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3 (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatographic purification of the crude product (petroleum ether/toluene/ethyl acetate, 7:7:1 to 4:4:1) afforded the corresponding disaccharide mimic.
General procedure C for DMTST promoted glvcosylations.
A solution of the thioglycoside A-Vl (0.292 mmol) and the appropriate glycosyl acceptor (0.225 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (8 mL) was added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (2 g) under argon. A suspension of dimethyl(methylthio)sulfonium triflate (DMTST) (0.685 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g) in CH2CI2 (4 mL) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (2 ml). The reaction was stopped after 2 d, filtered through celite and the celite washed with CH2CI2 (10 mL). The filtrate was successively washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3 (25 mL) and water (40 mL). The aqueous layers were extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/toluene/ethyl acetate, 10:10:1 to 5:5:1) to afford the corresponding tetrasaccharide mimic as a colorless foam.
General procedure D for deprotection with Pd(OH)?/C and sodium methoxide.
Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg, 10% Pd) was suspended under argon in dioxane/H2O (4:1 , 3.75 mL). The appropriate protected compound (77.7 μmol) was added and the resulting mixture was hydrogenated under 70 psi at r.t. After 24 h the mixture was filtered through celite and reacted with fresh
Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg) for additional 48 h, until TLC control indicated completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (5 mL) and sodium methoxide (0.194 mmol in 190 μl MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (22 μl_). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford the corresponding antagonists as colorless solids.
(1R2R3R)-3-Ethenyl-1-O-triphenylmethyl-cvclohexane-1.2-diol (A-Il).
A vinyl lithium solution was generated in situ by treating a solution of tetravinyl tin (409 μl_, 2.25 mmol) in THF (3 mL) with nBuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 3.35 mL, 8.38 mmol) during 30 min at 00C. CuCN (373 mg, 4.16 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was treated with the vinyl lithium solution and BF3 etherate (209 μL, 1.66 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) according to general procedure A. Epoxide A-I (296 mg, 0.830 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was slowly added and the reaction slowly warmed to -300C (-78°C: 15 min; -78°C to -500C: 1.5 h; -50°: 13 h; -50°C to -30°C: 1.5 h; -300C: 24 h). Work-up and purification according to general procedure A yielded A-Il (258 mg, 81%) as a yellowish resin. [α]D 21 = -33.7 (c = 0.53, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ:
0.84 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 1.15 (m, 1 H1 H-4a), 1.32 (m, 1 H1 H-6a), 1.43-1.55 (m, 3 H, H-5b, H-6b, H-4b), 1.81 (m, 1 H, H-3), 2.66 (s, 1 H, OH), 2.91 (ddd, 3J = 3.9, 8.6, 11.3 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 3.51 (t, 3J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 5.02 (A of ABX, 3JA,χ= 10.4 Hz, 2JA,B = 1.7 Hz, 3JA|3 = 0.7 Hz1 1 H, vinyl HA), 5.04 (B of ABX, 3JB,χ = 17.2 Hz, 2JA,B= 1.7 Hz, 3JB,3 = 1 1 Hz, 1 H1 vinyl HB), 5.83 (X of ABX, 3JA,χ = 10.4 Hz,
3JB,x= 17.2 Hz, 3JX,3 = 7.6 Hz, 1 H, vinyl Hx), 7.21-7.31 , 7.48-7.50 (2 m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 23.18 (C-5), 30.39 (C-4), 32.21 (C-6), 47.30 (C-3), 76.74 (C-2), 78.53 (C-1), 114.77 (vinyl C), 127.11 , 127.77, 128.75, 145.07 (18 C, 3 C6H5), 140.57 (vinyl C); IR (film on NaCI) v: 3577 (m, OH), 3059 (m), 2932 (vs), 2860 (s), 1641 (vw), 1597 (vw), 1489 (s), 1448 (s), 1278 (m), 1225 (m), 1152 (w), 1064 (vs), 991 (s), 915 (m) crτT1; elemental analysis calcd (%) for C27H28O2 (384.51): C 84.34, H 7.34; found: C 84.15, H 7.33. r(1R2ff.3R)-3-Ethenyl-1-hvdroxy-cvclohex-2-yll 2,3,4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α- L-qalactopyranoside (A-IV).
According to general procedure B1 A-III (205 mg, 0.428 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1.5 ml.) was treated with a solution of Br2 (25.5 μl_, 0.496 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 ml.) for 40 min at 00C. After destroying the excess of bromine, the fucosyl bromide solution was added to a solution of A-Il (126 mg, 0.329 mmol) and Et4NBr (90.8 mg, 0.432 mmol) in DMF/CH2CI2 (6 ml_, 1 :1), which has been stirred with activated 3A molecular sieves (500 mg) for 4 h. The reaction was stirred for 67 h at r.t. and then quenched with pyridine (1 ml_). Work-up and purification according to general procedure B yielded the tritylether (213 mg). To a stirred solution of the tritylether in CH2CI2 (4 ml_), ZnBr2 (179 mg, 0.793 mmol) and triethylsilane (63 μl_, 0.397 mmol) were added. The reaction was quenched after 2 h by adding H2O (100 μl_). Work-up and purification according to general procedure B yielded A-IV (110 mg, 60% over two steps) as a colorless solid.
[α]D 21 = -22.1 (c = 0.52, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 1.15 (d, 3JF6,F5 = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.17 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.26-1.30 (m, 2 H, H-5a, H-6a), 1.72 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.78 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 2.02 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.13 (m, 1 H, H-3), 3.04 (t, 3J = 9.5 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.45 (m, 1 H1 H-1), 3.69 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.98 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.6 Hz, 3JF2lF3 = 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.10 (dd, 3JFLF2 = 3.6 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-2), 4.12 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.65, 4.70, 4.76, 4.78, (4 m, 4 H, 2 CH2Ph), 4.85 (m, 2 H, CH2Ph, vinyl H), 4.98 (m, 1 H, vinyl H), 4.99 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 5.03 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 3.6 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 6.25 (m, 1 H, vinyl H), 7.27-7.40 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.55 (Fuc C-6), 22.81 (C-5), 29.67 (C-4), 32.39 (C-6), 44.33 (C-3), 67.56 (Fuc C-5), 72.97, 73.01 (CH2Ph, C-1), 73.38, 74.85 (2 CH2Ph), 76.41 (Fuc C-2), 77.54 (Fuc C-4), 78.86 (Fuc C-3), 90.26 (C-2), 97.98 (Fuc C-1), 113.46 (vinyl C), 127.43, 127.48, 127.53, 127.63, 127.82, 128.23, 128.36 (18 C, 3 C6H5), 140.43 (vinyl C), IR (KBr) v: 3429 (s, OH), 3065 (w), 3031 (w), 2932 (s), 2866 (S), 1636 (VW), 1497 (w), 1454 (m), 1348 (m), 1308 (w), 1246 (vw), 1212 (w), 1161 (S), 1138 (S), 1101 (vs), 1064 (vs), 1027 (vs), 953 (m), 911 (w) cm'1; elemental analysis calcd (%) for C35H42O6 (558.70): C 75.24, H 7.58; found: C 74.91 , H 7.55.
f(1R2R3S)-3-Ethyl-1-hvdroxy-cvclohex-2-yll 2,3,4-tris-Q-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L- galactopyranoside (A-V).
A solution of A-IV (90.0 mg, 0.161 mmol) in THF (4 ml.) was added to Pd/C (45.2 mg, 10% Pd) under argon. The mixture was hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure at r.t. After 30 min the reaction was filtered through celite, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (toluene/petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 7:7:1 to 5:5:1) to yield A-V (69.8 mg, 77%) as a colorless solid.
[α]D 21 = -37.2 (c = 0.50, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.78 (t, 3J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H, CH2CH3), 0.88 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.06-1.26 (m, 3 H, CH2CH3, H-5a, H-6a), 1.16 (d, 3JF5,F6 = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.30 (m, 1 H, H-3), 1.67 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.79 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.99-2.07 (m, 2 H, H-6b> CH2CH3), 2.96 (dd, 3J = 8.6, 10.2 Hz, 1 H1 H-2), 3.38 (ddd, 3J = 4.8, 8.5, 10.6 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 3.70 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.98 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.7 Hz, 3JF3,F2 = 10.2 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.10-4.14 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-5), 4.66, 4.70, 4.77, 4.80, 4.84 (5 m, 5 H, CH2Ph), 4.89-5.00 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-1 , CH2Ph), 7.27-7.40 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 10.99 (CH2CH3), 16.60 (Fuc C-6), 23.09 (C-5), 24.17 (CH2CH3), 29.50 (C-4), 32.60 (C-6), 42.64 (C-3), 67.48 (Fuc C-5), 72.83, 73.13, 73.47 (C-1 , 2 CH2Ph), 74.84 (CH2Ph), 76.32 (Fuc C-2), 77.37 (Fuc C-4), 78.86 (Fuc C-3), 91.07 (C-2), 98.31 (Fuc C-1), 127.40, 127.46, 127.50, 127.64, 127.80, 128.21, 128.33, 128.39, 138.31, 138.39, 138.70 (18 C, 3 C6H5); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C35H44NaO6 [M+Na]+: 583.3030; found: 583.3018 (2.1 ppm). ((1R2R3S)-2-r(2.3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranosyl)oxyl-3-ethyl- cvclohex-1-yl) 2,4.6-tri-O-benzoyl-3-O-[(1S)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-cvclohexyl- ethyli-B-p-galactopyranoside (A-VII).
According to general procedure C, thioglycoside A-Vl (112 mg, 0.144 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor A-V (61.6 mg, 0.110 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (4 ml_) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g). A suspension of DMTST (87.0 mg, 0.337 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (500 mg) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (1 mL). The reaction was stopped after 49.5 h and work-up and purification according to general procedure C afforded A-VII (110 mg, 78%) as a colorless foam.
[α]D 21 = -51.5 (c = 0.42, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ : 0.45-1.61 (m, 20 H, CyCH2, EtCy), 0.75 (t, 3J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H, CH2CH3), 1.41 (d, 3JF5,F6 = 6.4 Hz, 3 H1 Fuc H-6), 1.84 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 1.92 (m, 1 H, CH2CH3), 3.31 (t, 3J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.49-3.52 (m, 2 H1 H-1, Fuc H-4), 3.82 (dd, 34_3,G4 = 3.2 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9-8 Hz, 1 H1 GaI H-3), 3.92 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.99-4.05 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-3), 4.12 (dd, 3J = 4.6, 7.9 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.25 (dd, 3JG5,G6a = 7.2 Hz, 3JG6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6a), 4.28 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.39 (dd, 3JG5,G6b = 5.7 Hz, 3JG6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b),
4.51-4.55 (m, 2 H, CH2Ph, GaI H-1), 4.63, 4.65, 4.75, 4.78 (4 m, 4 H, CH2Ph), 4.81 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.98 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 2.8 Hz1 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.04, 5.11 (2 m, 2 H1 CH2Ph), 5.60 (m, 1 H1 GaI H-2), 5.84 (m, 1 H1 GaI H-4), 7.17-7.33, 7.42-7.46, 7.52-7.58, 8.04-8.12 (4 m, 35 H1 7 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 10.94 (CH2CH3), 16.82 (Fuc C-6), 23.18 (CH2CH3), 22.11, 25.45, 25.71, 26.07, 27.89, 30.41, 32.60, 33.19, 33.40, 40.49 (10 C, EtCy, CyCH2), 44.71 (C-3), 62.50 (GaI C-6), 66.35 (Fuc C-5), 66.64 (CH2Ph)1 70.17 (GaI C-4), 71.40 (GaI C-5), 72.07 (CH2Ph), 72.17 (GaI C-2), 74.29, 74.91 (2 CH2Ph), 76.42 (Fuc C-2), 78.06 (GaI C-3), 78.38 (Lac C-2), 79.22, 79.27 (Fuc C-4, C-2), 79.77 (Fuc C-3), 80.95 (C-1), 97.96 (Fuc C-1), 100.05 (GaI C-1), 126.94, 127.06, 127.21, 127.39, 127.77, 128.05, 128.10, 128.38, 128.44, 128.50, 128.54, 129.66, 129.93, 133.03, 133.17, 133.27, 135.40, 138.64, 139.01, 139.17 (42 C, 7 C6H5), 164.58, 166.11, 166.22, 172.48 (4 C=O); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C78H86Oi6 (1279.51) + 1/2 H2O: C 72.20, H 6.84; found: C 72.37, H 6.82; HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C78H86NaOi6 [M+Na]+: 1301.5808; found: 1301.5855 (3.6 ppm).
((1R2R3S)-2-r(6-deoxy-α-L-αalactopyranosvπoxy1-3-ethyl-cvclohex-1-yl) 2-O- benzoyl-3-O-r(1S)-1-carboxy-2-cvclohexyl-ethyll-β-D-galactopyranoside (A-VIII; Fig. 3). A-VII (38.2 mg, 29.9 μmol) was hydrogenated with Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg, 10% Pd) in dioxane/H2O (4:1, 3.75 mL) according to general procedure D. After 24 h the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (5 mL) and sodium methoxide (74.6 μmol in 73 μl MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (8.5 μl_). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford A-VIII (16.3 mg, 77%) as a colorless solid.
[CX]D21 = -89.3 (c = 0.47, MeOH); 1H-NMR (MeOD, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.55-1.69 (m, 20 H, CyCH2, EtCy), 0.83 (t, 3J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H, CH2CH3), 1.32 (d, 3J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.90 (m, 1 H, CH2CH3), 1.99 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 3.24 (t, 3J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.57 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.62 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.67 (dd, 3ΛG3,G4 = 3.0 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9-8 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.70-3.75 (m, 3 H, GaI H-6a, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-4), 3.79 (dd, 3JG5,G6b = 6.9 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.3 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 3.86 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 3.3 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.97 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 4.07 (dd, 3J = 3.0, 9.8 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.67 (d, 3JGI,G2 = 8.1 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.90 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.91 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.43 (dd, 3ΛGI,G2 = 8.3 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-2), 7.49-7.52, 7.61-7.64, 8.08-8.09 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (MeOD, 125.8 MHz) δ: 11.12 (CH2CH3), 16.72 (Fuc C-6), 23.39, 24.59, 26.54, 26.72, 27.27, 29.47, 31.86, 33.14, 34.20, 35.06, 42.76 (11 C, EtCy, CH2Cy), 45.96 (C-3), 62.68 (GaI C-6), 67.77 (Fuc C-5), 67.83 (GaI C-4), 70.30 (Fuc C-2), 71.38 (Fuc C-3), 73.12 (GaI C-2), 73.92 (Fuc C-4), 75.90 (GaI C-5), 77.94 (Lac C-2), 80.77 (C-1), 81.11 (C-2), 83.55 (GaI C-3), 100.20 (Fuc C-1), 100.52 (GaI C-1), 129.67, 130.84, 131.63, 134.37 (6 C, C6H5), 166.79 (C=O), 178.76 (CO2H); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C36H54NaOi4 [M+Naf: 733.3406; found: 733.3409 (0.4 ppm).
EXAMPLE 4
{(1R,2R,3R)-3-CYCLOPROPYL-2-[(6-DEOXY-a-L-GALACTOPYRANOSYL)OXY]- CYCLOHEX-1 -YL} 2-O-BENZOYL-3-O-[(1 S)-1 -CARBOXY-2-CYCLOHEXYL-ETHYL]-β-D- GALACTOPYRANOSIDE (B-IV; FlG. 4)
(1R2R3f?)-3-Cvclopropyl-1-O-triphenylmethyl-cvclohexane-1,2-diol (B-I).
A cPrLi solution was generated in situ by treating a solution of bromocyclopropane (370 μL, 4.63 mmol) in THF (4 mL) with fl3uϋ (1.7 M in pentane, 5.45 mL, 9.27 mmol) during 80 min at -78°C. CuCN (210 mg, 2.34 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was treated with the cPrLi solution and BF3 etherate (115 μL, 0.914 mmol) in THF (1 mL) according to general procedure A. Epoxide A-I (165 mg, 0.463 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was slowly added and the reaction slowly warmed to -300C (-780C: 1.5 h; -78°C to -500C: 1.5 h; -50°: 24 h; -5O0C to -30°C: 40 min). Work-up and purification according to general procedure A yielded B-I (150.7 mg, 82%).
[CX]D21 = -38.8 (c = 0.50, CH2CI2); 1H-NMR (CD2CI2, 500.1 MHz) δ: -0.16 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.13-0.23 (m, 2 H, cPr), 0.34-0.43 (m, 2 H, cPr, H-3), 0.54-0.67 (m, 2 H, cPr, H-5a), 0.91 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.18 (m, 1 H, H-6a), 1.27-1.35 (m, 2 H, H-5b, H-6b), 1.44 (m 1 H, H-4b), 2.52 (s, 1 H, OH), 2.71 (ddd, 3J = 4.1 , 8.6, 11.0 Hz, 1 H, H-1 ), 3.47 (t, 3J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 7.15-7.23, 7.42-7.43 (2 m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CD2CI2, 125.8 MHz) δ: 0.85, 4.26, 14.56 (3 C, cPr), 23.11 (C-5), 29.50 (C-4), 32.15 (C-6), 46.68 (C-3), 78.55 (C-2), 78.92 (C-1), 86.37 (OCPh3), 127.07, 127.73, 128.82, 145.37 (18 C, 3 C6H5); IR (KBr) v: 3571 (m, OH), 3058 (w), 2930 (m), 2858 (m), 1596 (vw), 1490 (m), 1448 (s), 1284 (w), 1225 (w), 1152 (w), 1063 (vs), 926 (w), 844 (vw), 824 (vw), 761 (m), 746 (m), 707 (vs) cm"1; elemental analysis calcd (%) for C28H30O2 (398.54): C 84.38, H 7.59; found: C 84.16, H 7.78.
r(1R2R3f?)-3-Cvclopropyl-1-hvdroxy-cvclohex-2-vπ 2.3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6- deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranoside (B-Il).
According to general procedure B, A-III (223 mg, 0.466 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1.5 ml_) was treated with a solution of Br2 (27.5 μL, 0.535 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 mL) for 30 min at 00C. After destroying the excess of bromine, the fucosyl bromide solution was added to a solution of B-I (142 mg, 0.356 mmol) and Et4NBr (98.9 mg, 0.471 mmol) in DMF/CH2CI2 (6 mL, 1:1), which has been stirred with activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g) for 4 h. The reaction was stirred for 67 h at r.t. and then quenched with pyridine (1 mL). Work-up and purification according to general procedure B yielded the tritylether (237 mg). To a stirred solution of the tritylether in CH2CI2 (4 mL), ZnBr2 (193 mg, 0.859 mmol) and triethylsilane (70 μL, 0.441 mmol) were added. The reaction was quenched after 1.75 h by adding H2O (100 μL). Work-up and purification according to general procedure B yielded B-Il (136 mg, 67% over two steps) as a colorless solid. [CX]D21 = -29.0 (c = 0.65, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ:
-0.06 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.08 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.22 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.33 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.87 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 0.96 (m, 1 H, cPr), 1.05-1.27 (m, 6 H, Fuc H-6, H-3, H-5a, H-6a), 1.54 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.64 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 1.96 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 3.11 (t, 3J = 9.1 Hz1 1 H, H-2), 3.35 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.69 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.98 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.5 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.11-4.16 (m, 2 H1 Fuc H-2, Fuc H-5), 4.66-4.68 (m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 4.76, 4.77, 4.90, 5.01 (4 m, 4 H, CH2Ph), 5.14 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 3.4 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 7.26-7.41 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 0.76, 4.93, 13.58 (3 C, cPr), 16.56 (Fuc C-6), 22.86 (C-5), 28.32 (C-4), 32.56 (C-6), 44.14 (C-3), 67.64 (Fuc C-5), 73.14, 73.19 (2 CH2Ph), 73.95 (C-1), 74.85 (CH2Ph), 76.74 (Fuc C-2), 77.68 (Fuc C-4), 78.63 (Fuc C-3), 92.33 (C-2), 99.20 (Fuc C-1), 127.42, 127.45, 127.50, 127.64, 128.18, 128.22, 128.35, 128.44, 138.44, 138.58, 138.90 (18 C, 3 C6H5); IR (KBr) v: 3426 (s, OH), 3031 (vw), 3004 (vw), 2933 (s), 1497 (vw), 1453 (m), 1348 (W), 1247 (vw), 1212 (vw), 1161 (m), 1136 (s), 1103 (vs), 1064 (vs), 1026 (vs), 957 (w), 911 (vw), 843 (vw), 736 (s), 696 (s) cm"1; elemental analysis calcd (%) for C36H44O6 (572.73): C 75.50, H 7.74; found: C 75.38, H 7.75.
((1R.2R3f?)-2-r(2,3,4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranosyl)oxyl-3- cvclopropyl-cyclohex-i-yl) 2,4.6-tri-O-benzoyl-3-O-[(1S)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-2- cvclohexyl-ethyll-β-D-qalactopyranoside (B-III).
According to general procedure C, thioglycoside A-Vl (228 mg, 0.292 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor B-Il (129 mg, 0.225 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (8 mL) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (2 g). A suspension of DMTST (177 mg, 0.685 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g) in CH2CI2 (4 mL) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (2 mL). The reaction was stopped after 48 h and work-up and purification according to general procedure C afforded B-III (253 mg, 87%) as a colorless foam. [CX]D21 = -43.1 (C = 0.61 , CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ:
-0.11 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.16 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.32-0.35 (m, 2 H, cPr), 0.46-0.53 (m, 2 H, CyCH2), 0.64-1.46 (m, 18 H, CyCH2, Cy, cPr), 1.38 (d, 3JF5,F6 = 6.4 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.80 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 3.52 (t, 3J = 7.3 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.57 (s, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.62 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.84 (dd, 3JG3,G4 = 2.8 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9 8 Hz, 1 H1 GaI H-3), 3.93 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 4.03 (dd, 3JF1,F2 = 3.2 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.2 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-2), 4.07 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 1.7 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.4 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.13 (dd, 3J = 4.5, 7.8 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.32-4.40 (m, 3 H, GaI H-6, CH2Ph), 4.53 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.58 (d, 3JGI, G2 = 8.1 Hz, 1 H1 GaI H-1), 4.62, 4.68 (2 m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 4.74-4.76 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-5, CH2Ph)1 4.78 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 5.05, 5.11 (2 m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 5.35 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 2.8 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.61 (m, 1 H, GaI H-2), 5.87 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 7.20-7.36, 7.42-7.44, 7.52-7.59, 8.03-8.14 (4 m, 35 H, 7 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 3.06 (cPr), 5.26 (cPr), 13.55 (cPr), 16.81 (Fuc C-6), 20.97, 25.46, 25.72, 26.07, 27.71 , 29.44, 32.62, 33.21, 33.40 (9 C, CyCH2, Cy), 40.46 (Lac C-3), 45.35 (C-3), 62.50 (GaI C-6), 66.34 (Fuc C-5), 66.61 (CH2Ph), 70.10 (GaI C-4), 71.49 (GaI C-5), 72.13 (CH2Ph), 72.32 (GaI C-2), 74.22 (CH2Ph), 74.87 (CH2Ph), 76.15 (Fuc C-2), 77.97 (GaI C-3), 78.38 (Lac C-2), 78.82 (C-2), 79.13 (Fuc C-4), 79.66 (C-1), 79.83 (Fuc C-3), 97.02 (Fuc C-1), 99.60 (GaI C-1), 126.96, 127.05, 127.20, 127.38, 127.78, 128.05, 128.09, 128.37, 128.43, 128.47, 128.53, 129.61, 129.73, 129.89,
129.93, 129.96, 133.03, 133.16, 133.23, 135.44, 138.51, 138.95, 139.21 (42 C, 7 C6H5), 164.57, 165.98, 166.16, 172.43 (4 C=O); IR (KBr) v: 3064 (vw), 3032 (VW), 2927 (S), 2854 (w), 1731 (vs, C=O), 1602 (vw), 1497 (vw), 1452 (m), 1315 (m), 1267 (vs), 1176 (s), 1097 (vs), 1027 (vs), 840 (vw), 713 (vs) cm"1; elemental analysis calcd (%) for C79H86Oi6 (1291.52): C 73.47, H 6.71 ; found: C 73.32, H 6.81.
{(1R2R3/?)-3-cvclopropyl-2-f(6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranosyl)oxyl-cvclohex-1-yl) 2-0-benzoyl-3-0-f(1S)-1-carboxy-2-cvclohexyl-ethyl1-β-D-galactopyranoside (B- IV; Fig. 4). B-III (100 mg, 77.7 μmol) was hydrogenated with Pd(OH)2/C (52 mg, 10% Pd) in dioxane/H2O (4:1, 3.75 mL) according to general procedure D. After 24 h the mixture was filtered through celite and hydrogenated with fresh Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg) for another 48 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (5 mL) and sodium methoxide (194 μmol in 190 μl MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (22 μL). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford B-IV (40.5 mg, 72%) as a colorless solid. [α]D 21 = -85.4 (c = 0.75, MeOH); 1H-NMR (MeOD, 500.1 MHz) δ: -0.04 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.33 (m, 1 H, cPr), 0.45-0.52 (m, 2 H, cPr), 0.56-1.65 (m, 20 H, CyCH2, cPrCy), 1.30 (d, 3JF5,F6 = 6.6 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.94 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 3.45 (t, 3J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.56 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.62 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.66 (dd, 3JG3,G4 = 3.1 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9 8 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.71-3.74 (m, 2 H, GaI H-6a, Fuc H-2), 3.78 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.83 (dd, 3JG5ιG6b = 7.1 Hz, 2^G6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 3.95 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 3.3 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.2 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.97 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 4.06 (dd, 3J = 2.9, 9.8 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.66 (d, 3JGi,G2 = 8.0 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.88 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 5.37 (d, 3JFi,F2 = 3.9 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.39 (dd, 3JGI,G2 = 8.1 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9 6 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-2), 7.49-7.52, 7.61-7.65, 8.07-8.09 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (MeOD, 125.8 MHz) δ: 3.96, 7.18, 15.53 (3 C, cPr), 16.72 (Fuc C-6), 22.94, 26.54, 26.73, 27.27, 30.78, 31.45 (6 C, CyCH2, Cy), 33.13, 34.20, 35.07, 42.76 (4 C, CyCH2), 48.49 (C-3), 62.72 (GaI C-6), 67.61 (Fuc C-5), 67.88 (GaI C-4), 70.24 (Fuc C-2), 71.34 (Fuc C-3), 73.16 (GaI C-2), 73.97 (Fuc C-4), 76.02 (GaI C-5), 78.01 (Lac C-2), 80.29 (C-1), 80.52 (C-2), 83.45 (GaI C-3), 98.97 (Fuc C-1), 100.41 (GaI C-1), 129.66, 130.82, 131.63, 134.36 (6 C, C6H5), 166.76 (C=O), 178.83 (CO2H); HR-MS (ESI) mlz: calcd for C37H54NaO14 [M+Na]+: 745.3406; found: 745.3407 (0.1 ppm).
EXAMPLE 5
{(1f?,2R,3S)-3-BUTYL-2-[(6-DEOXY-α-L-GALACTOPYRANOSYL)θXY]-CYCLOHEΞX-1-YL} 2-O-BENZOYL-3-O-[(1 S)-1 -CARBOXY^-CYCLOHEXYL-ETHYLj-β-D-
GALACTOPYRANOsiDE SODIUM SALT (C-IV; FIG. 5)
(1f?,2R3S)-3-Butyl-1-O-triphenylmethyl-cvclohexane-1.2-diol (C-I). CuCN (342 mg, 3.81 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was treated with nBuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 3.05 mL, 7.63 mmol) and BF3 etherate (192 μL, 1.53 mmol) in THF (2 mL) according to general procedure A. Epoxide A-I (271 mg, 0.761 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was slowly added and the reaction slowly warmed to -30°C (-78°C: 1 h; -780C to -5O0C: 4 h; -50°: 24 h; -500C to -3O0C: 21 h). Work-up and purification according to general procedure A yielded C-I (220 mg, 70%).
[α]D 21 = -37.8 (c = 0.66, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.73 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 0.85 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 0.86 (t, 3J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H, H-10),
1.03-1.16 (m, 3 H, H-3, H-7a, H-8a), 1.21-1.35 (m, 4 H, H-6a, H-8b, H-9a, H-9b), 1.38-1.49 (m, 2 H, H-5b, H-6b), 1.61 (m, 1 H1 H-4b), 1.75 (m, 1 H, H-7b), 2.70 (s, 1 H, OH), 2.82 (ddd, 3J = 4.0, 8.6, 11.2 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 3.40 (t, 3J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 7.21-7.30, 7.48-7.50 (2 m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 14.11 (C-10), 23.10 (C-9), 23.37 (C-5), 28.73 (C-8), 29.38 (C-4), 32.05 (C-7), 32.30 (C-6), 42.45 (C-3), 77.62 (C-2), 79.05 (C-1), 86.43 (CPh3), 127.05, 127.74, 128.70, 145.12 (18 C, 3 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C29H34O2 (414.58): C 84.02, H 8.27; found: C 84.05, H 8.27.
r(1R2/?,3S)-3-Butyl-1-hvdroxy-cvclohex-2-yl1 2.3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L- qalactopyranoside (C-Il).
According to general procedure B, A-Ml (308 mg, 0.644 mmol) in CH2CI2 (3 ml.) was treated with a solution of Br2 (38 μl_, 0.740 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 ml.) for 30 min at O0C. After destroying the excess of bromine, the fucosyl bromide solution was added to a solution of C-I (205 mg, 0.495 mmol) and Et4NBr (137 mg, 0.650 mmol) in DMF/CH2CI2 (10 mL, 1 : 1 ), which has been stirred with activated 3A molecular sieves (700 mg) for 3.5 h. The reaction was stirred for 67 h at r.t. and then quenched with pyridine (1 mL). Work-up and purification according to the general procedure B yielded the tritylether (283 mg) as a yellowish resin. To a stirred solution of the tritylether in CH2CI2 (4 mL), ZnBr2 (229 mg, 1.02 mmol) and triethylsilane (81 μL, 0.510 mmol) were added. The reaction was quenched after 1.25 h by adding H2O (100 μL). Work-up and purification according to general procedure B yielded C-Il (161 mg, 55% over two steps) as a colorless solid. [α]D 21 = -21.3 (c = 0.56, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.82 (t, 3J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H, H-10), 0.86 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 0.98 (m, 1 H, H-7a), 1.15 (d, 3ΛF5,F6 = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.09-1.37 (rη, 7 H, H-3, H-5a, H-6a, H-8a, H-8b, H-9a, H-9b), 1.66 (m, 1 H1 H-5b), 1.81 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.98 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.10 (m, 1 H, H-7b), 2.94 (t, 3J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H1 H-2), 3.36 (m, 1 H1 H-1), 3.68 (m, 1 H1 Fuc H-4), 3.98 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.6 Hz1 3JF2,F3 = 10.2 Hz1 1 H1 Fuc H-3), 4.09-4.14 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-5), 4.65, 4.70, 4.75, 4.78, 4.85 (5 m, 5 H1 3 CH2Ph)1 4.98-5.00 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-1 , 1 CH2Ph)1 7.25-7.39 (m, 15 H1 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 14.11 (C-10), 16.57 (Fuc C-6), 22.72 (C-9), 23.19 (C-5), 29.03 (C-8), 30.26 (C-4), 31.24 (C-7), 32.55 (C-6), 41.18 (C-3), 67.54 (Fuc C-5), 72.97 (CH2Ph)1 73.26 (C-1), 73.39 (CH2Ph)1 74.84 (CH2Ph), 76.38 (Fuc C-2), 77.60 (Fuc C-4), 78.80 (Fuc C-3), 91.47 (C-2), 98.31 (Fuc C-1), 127.40, 127.45, 127.52, 127.61, 127.86, 128.20, 128.21, 128.33, 128.38, 138.32, 138.44, 138.79 (18 C1 3 C6H5); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C37H48O6 (588.77): C 75.48, H 8.22; found: C 75.55, H 8.28.
((1f?.2R3S)-2-r(2.3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranosyl)oxyl-3-butyl- cyclohex-1 -yl) 21416-tri-O-benzoyl-3-O-f(1 S)-1 -benzyloxycarbonyl^-cvclohexyl- ethyll-β-D-qalactopyranoside (C-III).
According to general procedure C, thioglycoside A-Vl (218 mg, 0.279 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor C-Il (126 mg, 0.215 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (8 ml_) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (2 g). A suspension of DMTST (166 mg, 0.644 mmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (1 g) in CH2CI2 (4 ml.) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4.5 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (2 ml_). The reaction was stopped after 65.5 h and work-up and purification according to general procedure C afforded C-III (224 mg, 80%) as a colorless foam.
[α]D 21 = -46.7 (c = 0.49, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.45-1.84 (m, 26 H1 CyCH2, nBuCy), 0.80 (d, 3J = 6.8 Hz1 3 H, nBu), 1.40 (d, 3J = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 3.36 (t, 3J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H, H-2), 3.52 (s, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.54 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.83 (dd, 3JG3,G4 = 3.0 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9.8 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.92 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 4.01 (dd, 3JF1,F2 = 3.2 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-2), 4.04 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.0 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.4 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.13 (dd, 3J = 4.6, 7.8 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.28 (dd, 3JG5,G6a = 6.7 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6a), 4.28 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.39 (dd, 3JG5.Gβb = 5.8 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 4.52 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.56 (d, 3JG1,G2 = 8.1 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.65, 4.68, 4.74, 4.76 (4 m, 4 H, CH2Ph), 4.79 (m, 1 H1 Fuc H-5), 5.01 (d, 3JF1,F2 = 3.0 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.05, 5.11 (2 m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 5.61 (m, 1 H, GaI H-2), 5.85 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 7.20-7.36, 7.42-7.46, 7.52-7.59, 8.04-8.13 (4 m, 35 H, 7 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 14.26 (CH2CH2CH2CH3), 16.81 (Fuc C-6), 21.84, 22.95, 25.46, 25.71 , 26.07, 28.34, 28.55, 30.20, 30.39, 32.61 , 33.19, 33.39, 40.48, 42.80 (14 C, CyCH2, nBuCy), 62.52 (GaI C-6), 66.37 (Fuc C-5), 66.63 (CH2Ph), 70.15 (GaI C-4), 71.45 (GaI C-5), 72.11 (CH2Ph), 72.21 (GaI C-2), 73.89, 74.92 (2 CH2Ph), 76.17 (Fuc C-2), 78.05 (GaI C-3), 78.38 (Lac C-2), 78.76 (C-2), 79.23 (Fuc C-4), 79.75 (Fuc C-3), 80.79 (C-1), 97.71 (Fuc C-1), 100.03 (GaI C-1), 126.95, 127.04, 127.21 , 127.30, 127.80, 128.04, 128.09, 128.15, 128.39, 128.44, 128.48, 128.49, 128.54, 129.66, 129.71 , 129.75, 129.92, 129.94, 133.03, 133.16, 133.25, 135.42, 138.70, 138.99, 139.16 (42 C, 7 C6H5), 164.56, 166.09, 166.21, 172.47 (4 C=O); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C80H90Oi6 (1307.58): C 73.49, H 6.94; found: C 73.16, H 6.93.
((1 R.2f?.3S)-3-butyl-2-r(6-deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranosyl)oxy1-cvclohex-1 -yl> 2-0- benzoyl-3-0-f(1S)-1-carboxy-2-cyclohexyl-ethyll-β-D-galactopyranoside sodium salt (C-IV; Fig. 5).
C-III (100 mg, 76.5 μmol) was hydrogenated with Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg, 10% Pd) in dioxane/H2O (4:1, 3.75 mL) according to general procedure D. After 19 h the mixture was filtered through celite and hydrogenated with fresh Pd(OH)2/C (50 mg) for another 30 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (5 ml.) and sodium methoxide (0.191 mmol) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 17 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (22 μl_). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (CH2CI2/methanol/water, 3.4: 1 :0.1 to 2:1 :0.1), followed by Dowex 50 (Na+ form) ion exchange column, Sephadex G15 column, microfiltration and lyophilization from dioxane to give C-IV (32.3 mg, 56%) as a colorless foam. For biological testing a small amount was purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford the free acid of C-IV as colorless needles. C-IV sodium salt: [α]D 21 = -77.9 (c = 0.61, MeOH); 1H-NMR
(MeOD, 500.1 MHz) δ : 0.47-1.89 (m, 25 H, CyCH2, nBu, Cy), 0.88 (t, 3J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H, nBu), 1.31 (d, 3J = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 2.00 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 3.24 (t, 3J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.56-3.60 (m, 2 H, GaI H-5, GaI H-3), 3.65 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.72-3.77 (m, 4 H, GaI H-6a, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-4, Lac H-2), 3.80 (dd, 3JG5|G6b = 6.9 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.5 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 3.88 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 3.3 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.95 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 4.68 (d, 3JGi,G2 = 8.1 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.85 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.94 (d, 3JFi,F2 = 4.0 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.41 (dd, 3ΛGI,G2 = 8.5 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9.2 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-2), 7.48-7.51, 7.60-7.63, 8.07-8.09 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (MeOD, 125.8 MHz) δ: 14.48 (nBu), 16.72 (Fuc C-6), 23.27, 23.92, 26.57, 26.82, 27.41 , 29.83, 30.04, 31.69, 31.86, 33.06,
34.44, 35.41 , 43.54, 44.30 (14 C, nBu, Cy, CH2Cy), 63.06 (GaI C-6), 67.70 (GaI C-4), 67.84 (Fuc C-5), 70.21 (Fuc C-2), 71.34 (Fuc C-3), 73.08 (GaI C-2), 73.90 (Fuc C-4), 75.92 (GaI C-5), 80.69 (Lac C-2), 80.41 (C-1), 81.37 (C-2), 83.69 (GaI C-3), 99.91 (Fuc C-1), 100.53 (GaI C-1), 129.60, 130.84, 131.76, 134.23 (6 C, C6H5), 166.87 (C=O), 183.26 (COOH); HR-MS (ESI) mlz: calcd for C38H58NaOi4 [M+H]+: 761.3719; found: 761.3710 (1.2 ppm).
C-IV free acid: 1H-NMR (MeOD, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.54-1.91 (m, 25 H, CyCH2, nBu, Cy), 0.89 (t, 3J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H, nBu), 1.32 (d, 3J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.98 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 3.23 (t, 3J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.56 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.62 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.66 (dd, 3JG3,G4 = 3.0 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9.8 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.70-3.75 (m, 3 H, GaI H-6a, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-4), 3.79 (dd, 3JG6t>,G5 = 6.9 Hz1 2JG6a,G6b = 11 -3 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 3.85 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 3.3 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.97 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 4.06 (dd, 3J = 2.9, 9.9 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.67 (d, 3JGI,G2 = 8.1 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.88-4.92 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-1, Fuc H-5), 5.43 (dd, 3JGI,G2 = 8.2 HZ, 3JG2,G3 = 9.6 HZ, 1 H, GaI H-2), 7.49-7.52,
7.62-7.64, 8.07-8.09 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (MeOD, 125.8 MHz) δ: 14.48 (A?Bu), 16.74 (Fuc C-6), 23.38, 23.90, 26.54, 26.72, 27.28, 29.83, 29.99, 31.71 , 31.81 , 33.12, 34.19, 35.07, 42.78, 44.51 (14 C, nBu, Cy, CH2Cy), 62.69 (GaI C-6), 67.79 (2 C, Fuc C-5, GaI C-4), 70.27 (Fuc C-2), 71.43 (Fuc C-3), 73.10 (GaI C-2), 73.94 (Fuc C-4), 75.90 (GaI C-5), 77.93 (Lac C-2), 80.71 (C-1), 81.45 (C-2), 83.57 (GaI C-3), 100.29 (Fuc C-1), 100.52 (GaI C-1), 129.67, 130.85, 131.63, 134.37 (6 C, C6H5), 166.77 (C=O), 178.84 (CO2H).
EXAMPLE 6
{(1f?,2f?,3R)-2-[(6-DE0XY-α-L-GALACT0PYRAN0SYL)0XY]-3-(2-METH0XYCARB0NYL- ETHYL)-CYCLOHEX-1 -YL} 2-O-BENZOYL-3-O-[(1S)-1 -CARBOXY^-CYCLOHEXYL-
ETHYL]-β-D-GALACTOPYRANOSIDE (D-III; FlG. 6)
r(1R2R3ffl-1-Hvdroxy-3-(2-methoxycarbonyl-ethyl)-cvclohex-2-yll 2.3.4-tris-O- benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranoside (D-I).
A-IV (106 mg, 0.189 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (5 mL) and Grubbs cat. 2nd gen. (16.0 mg 18.8 μmol) and methyl acrylate (171 μL, 1.90 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated under reflux for 9 d. After 1 d, 2 d and 7 d additional Grubbs cat. 2nd gen. (each 16.0 mg, 18.8 μmol) and methyl acrylate (each 171 μL, 1.90 mmol) were added. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 5:1 to 4:1) to yield an E/Z mixture (53.9 mg), which was directly used for hydrogenation. A solution of the E/Z-mixture in THF (4 mL) was added to Pd/C (28.0 mg, 10% Pd) under argon. The mixture was hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure at r.t. After 30 min the reaction was filtered through celite, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 3:1 to 2:1) to yield D-I (29.1 mg, 25%) as a brownish oil.
[α]D 21 = -21.2 (c = 1.46, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.94 (m, 1 H), 1.14 (d, 3JF6,F5 = 6.5 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.19-1.28 (m, 2 H),
1.35-1.47 (m, 2 H), 1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.99 (m, 1 H), 2.29-2.36 (m, 3 H), 2.97 (t, 3J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.36 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.57 (s, 3 H, Me), 3.67 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.98 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.4 Hz, 3JF21F3 = 10.2 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.09-4.13 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-5), 4.65, 4.71 , 4.76, 4.78, 4.85 (5 m, 5 H, CH2Ph), 4.96 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 3.4 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 4.99 (1 m, 1 H, CH2Ph),
7.25-7.41 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.50 (Fuc C-6), 23.03, 27.48, 30.37, 32.02, 32.33 (5 C), 40.72 (C-3), 51.30 (Me), 67.64 (Fuc C-5), 72.97, 73.00 (CH2Ph, C-1), 73.48, 74.82 (2 CH2Ph), 76.01 (Fuc C-2), 77.50 (Fuc C-4), 78.84 (Fuc C-3), 91.25 (C-2), 98.33 (Fuc C-1), 127.43, 127.47, 127.58, 127.62, 127.92, 128.19, 128.28, 128.34, 128.36, 138.23, 138.36, 138.73 (18 C, 3 C6H5), 174.33 (COOMe); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C37H46NaO8 [M+Na]+: 641.3085; found: 641.3080 (0.8 ppm).
((1R2R3f?)-2-r(2,3.4-tris-0-benzyl-6-deoxy-a-L-qalactopyranosyl)oxy1-3-(2- methoxycarbonyl-ethyl)-cvclohex-1-yl} 2,4,6-tri-O-benzoyl-3-O-[(1 S)-1- benzyloxycarbonyl-2-cvclohexyl-ethyll-β-D-qalactopyranoside (D-Il)
According to general procedure C, thioglycoside A-Vl (47.9 mg, 61.3 μmol) and glycosyl acceptor D-I (29.1 mg, 47.0 μmol) in dry CH2CI2 (4 ml_) were added via syringe to activated 3A molecular sieves (500 mg). A suspension of DMTST (37.6 mg, 146 μmol) and activated 3A molecular sieves (250 mg) in CH2CI2 (2 ml_) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 4 h, then the DMTST suspension was added via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (1 mL). The reaction was stopped after 65.5 h and work-up according to general procedure C and purification by column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 4:1 to 3:1) afforded D-Il (49.5 mg, 79%) as a colorless foam.
[α]D 21 = -38.1 (c = 0.59, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ : 0.45-1.57 (m, 19 H, CyCH2, Cy), 1.37 (d, 3J = 6.4 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.61 (m, 1 H, (CHa)2CO2Me), 1.82 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.13-2.26 (m, 3 H, (CH2)2CO2Me), 3.39 (t, 3J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.51 (s, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.53-3.56 (m, 4 H, H-1 , Me), 3.84 (dd, 3JG3,G4 = 3.3 Hz, 3JG2,GZ = 9.9 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-3), 3.93 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.98-4.03 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-3), 4.13 (dd, 3J = 4.5, 8.0 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.28 (dd, 3JG5,G6a = 7.2 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6a), 4.31 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.38 (dd, 3JG5,G6b = 5.6 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.4 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 4.54 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.55 (d, 3JG1,G2 = 8.0 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.66-4.71 (m, 3 H, CH2Ph, Fuc H-5), 4.73, 4.77 (2 m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 5.02 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 2.3 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.05, 5.12 (2 m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 5.60 (m, 1 H, GaI H-2), 5.85 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 7.19-7.34, 7.42-7.47, 7.53-7.59, 8.03-8.13 (4 m, 35 H, 7 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.78 (Fuc C-6), 21.18, 25.44, 25.66, 25.70, 26.05, 27.84, 31.26, 32.57, 33.19, 33.38, 40.45 (12 C, CyCH2, Cy, (CHz)2CO2Me), 41.94 (C-3), 51.42 (CO2Me), 62.54 (GaI C-6), 66.50 (Fuc C-5), 66.62 (CH2Ph), 70.09 (GaI C-4), 71.48 (GaI C-5), 72.24 (2 C, CH2Ph, GaI C-2), 73.79, 74.90 (2 CH2Ph), 76.26 (Fuc C-2), 77.91 (GaI C-3), 78.34, 78.38 (Lac C-2, C-2), 79.09 (Fuc C-4), 79.53 (Fuc C-3), 80.22 (C-1), 97.70 (Fuc C-1) 99.93 (GaI C-1), 126.96, 127.06, 127.23, 127.29, 127.83, 128.04, 128.06, 128.08, 128.15, 128.38, 128.44, 128.48, 128.53, 128.57, 129.62, 129.65, 129.69, 129.74, 129.86, 129.88, 129.94, 129.99, 133.05, 133.19, 133.24, 135.39, 138.64, 138.99, 139.07 (42 C, 7 C6H5), 164.55, 166.06, 166.17, 172.45, 174.02 (5 C=O); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C80H88Oi8 (1337.54): C 71.84, H 6.63; found: C 71.70, H 6.73. ((1R,2f?.3R)-2-r(6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranosyl)oxy1-3-(2-methoxycarbonyl- ethyl)-cvclohex-1-yl) 2-O-benzoyl-3-O-r(1S)-1-carboxy-2-cvclohexyl-ethvn-β-D- galactopyranoside (D-III; Fig. 6).
D-III (46.0 mg, 34.4 μmol) was hydrogenated with Pd(OH)2/C (25 mg, 10% Pd) in dioxane/H2O (4:1, 3.75 mL) according to general procedure D. After 42 h the mixture was filtered through celite and hydrogenated with fresh Pd(OH)2/C (27 mg) for additional 24 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (3 mL) and sodium methoxide (51.6 μmol in 55 μl MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (6 μl_). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford D-III (19.2 mg, 73%) as a colorless solid.
[α]D 21 = -78.3 (c = 0.63, MeOH); 1H-NMR (MeOD, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.55-0.75 (m, 4 H, CyCH2), 0.84-0.96 (m, 2 H, CyCH2, H-4a), 1.04 (m, 1 H, H-6a), 1.14 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 1.21-1.36 (m, 5 H, CyCH2), 1.32 (d, 3J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.39-1.60 (m, 6 H, CyCH2, H-3, H-5b, (CH2^CO2Me), 1.66 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.97 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.18-2.38 (m, 3 H, CyCH2, (CH2)2CO2Me), 3.27 (t, 3J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 3.57 (m, 1 H, GaI H-5), 3.63-3.68 (m, 5 H, CH3, GaI H-3, H-1), 3.71-3.75 (m, 3 H, GaI H-6a, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-4), 3.79 (dd, 3JG5,G6b = 6.8 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11.3 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 3.84 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 3.3 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.2 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 3.98 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 4.07 (dd, 3J = 3.0, 9.9 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.67 (d, 3JGi,G2 = 8.1 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.83 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.92 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.43 (dd, 3JGI,G2 = 8.2 Hz, 3JG2,G3 = 9.6 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-2), 7.49-7.52, 7.62-7.65, 8.08-8.09 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (MeOD, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.73 (Fuc C-6), 22.77 (C-5), 26.55, 26.73, 27.28, 27.34 (4 C, CyCH2), 29.49 (C-4), 31.34 (C-6), 32.16 ((CH2J2CO2Me), 33.13, 34.20, 35.07 (3 C, CyCH2), 42.78 ((CHz)2CO2Me), 43.52 (C-3), 52.03 (Me), 62.62 (GaI C-6), 67.81 (GaI C-4), 67.89 (Fuc C-5), 70.25 (Fuc C-2), 71.41 (Fuc C-3), 73.09 (GaI C-2), 73.90 (Fuc C-4), 75.92 (GaI C-5), 77.98 (Lac C-2), 80.36 (C-1), 80.96 (C-2), 83.50 (GaI C-3), 100.34 (Fuc C-1), 100.50 (GaI C-1), 129.68, 130.85, 131.62, 134.39 (6 C, C6H5), 166.77, 176.09, 178.86 (3 C=O); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C38H56Oi6 (768.84) + 1 1/2 H2O: C 57.35, H 7.47; found: C 57.57, H 7.36; HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C38H56NaOi6 [M+Na]+: 791.3461; found: 791.3463 (0.3 ppm).
EXAMPLE 7
{(1 R,2R,5R)-5-7-£R7-BUTYL-2-[(6-DEOXY-a-L-GALACTOPYRANOSYL)OXY]-CYCLOHEX- 1-YL} 2-O-BENZOYL-3-O-[(1 SJ-i-CARBOXY^-CYCLOHEXYL-ETHYlJ-β-D-
GALACTOPYRANOsiDE (E-Xl; FIG. 7)
rac-( 1 S, 2R5S)-5-te/t-Butyl-2-hvdroxycvclohexyl benzoate (rac-E-IV) and rac- (1S,2f?,4S)-4-te/t-Butyl-2-hvdroxycvclohexyl benzoate (rac-E-V).
4-tert-Butylcatechol (E-I) (2.02 g, 12.2 mmol), RIVAI2O3 (98.9 mg), cyclohexane (4 mL) and THF (0.5 mL) were hydrogenated under 5 bar at r.t. After 24 h the mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by MPLC on silica (CH2CI2/ethyl acetate, 3:1 to 1 :3) to afford a mixture of syn-diols (1.64 g, 78%, rac-E-ll:rac-E-lll, 1.4:1) as a white solid. The mixture (1.64 g, 9.55 mmol) and dibutyltin oxide (2.37 g, 9.52 mmol) were dissolved in CH2CI2 (50 mL) and cooled to 00C. Et3N (2.68 mL, 19.2 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (1.32 mL, 11.45 mmol) were slowly added via syringe. The mixture was warmed to r.t. during 3 h and then quenched with MeOH (2 mL). The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the crude residue was purified by MPLC on silica (toluene/ethyl acetate, 10:0 to 10:1) affording rac-E-IV (1.15 g, 44%) and rac-E-V (688 mg, 26%) as white solids. rac-E-IV: 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.90 (s, 9 H, tBu), 1.23 (m, 1 H, H-5), 1.42 (m, 1 H1 H-4a), 1.50-1.57 (m, 2 H, H-3a, H-4b), 1.68 (m, 1 H, H-6a), 1.85 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.04 (m, 1 H, H-3b), 4.17 (m, 1 H1 H-2), 5.05 (ddd, 3J = 2.7, 4.7, 11.9 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 7.44-7.47, 7.56-7.59, 8.05-8.07 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 19.59 (C-4), 26.42 (C-6), 27.51 (3 C1 tBu), 30.57 (C-3), 32.49 (tBu), 46.35 (C-5), 67.10 (C-2), 76.47 (C-1), 128.39, 129.58, 130.27, 133.07 (6 C, C6H5), 165.62 (C=O); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C17H24NaO3 [M+Na]+: 299.1618; found: 299.1621 (1.0 ppm). rac-E-V: 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.89 (s, 9 H, ffiu), 1.18 (m, 1 H, H-5a), 1 -34 (m, 1 H, H-3a), 1.56 (m, 1 H, H-4), 1.83-1.98 (m, 3 H, H-5b, H-6), 2.04 (m, 1 H, H-3b), 4.25 (m, 1 H, H-2), 4.98 (ddd, 3J = 2.8, 4.9, 11.7 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 7.44-7.47, 7.56-7.59, 8.04-8.06 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 25.07 (C-5), 25.27 (C-6), 27.48 (3 C, Bu), 31.91 [Bu), 31.98 (C-3), 39.43 (C-4), 68.14 (C-2), 75.87 (C-1), 128.39, 129.58, 130.28, 133.06 (6 C, C6H5), 165.72 (C=O); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for Ci7H24NaO3 [M+Na]+: 299.1618; found: 299.1621 (1.0 ppm).
rac-( 1 f?,2/?,4f?)-2-(Benzoyloxy)-4-terf-butylcyclohexyl 3.5-dinitrobenzoate (rac- E-Vl) rac-E-IV (400 mg, 1.45 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.14 g, 4.33 mmol) and 3,5-dinitrobenzoic acid (921 mg, 4.34 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (25 mL). Diethyl azodicarboxylate (680 μL, 4.32 mmol) was slowly added to the reaction via syringe. The mixture was warmed to 500C and stirred for 1 d. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue, redissolved in a small amount of CH2CI2, was purified by MPLC on silica (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 10:0 to 10:1) affording rac-E-VI (428 mg, 63%) and recovered starting material rac-E-IV (103 mg, 26%) as white solids.
1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.93 (s, 9 H, IBu), 1.25-1.47 (m, 3 H, H-3a, H-4, H-5a), 1.68 (m, 1 H, H-6a), 1.94 (m, 1 H, H-5b), 2.29-2.35 (m, 2 H, H-3b, H-6b), 5.27 (ddd, 3J = 4.9, 9.7, 11.4 Hz, 1 H, H-1 ), 5.35 (ddd, 3J = 4.7, 9.9, 10.5 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 7.36-7.39, 7.48-7.52, 7.96-7.98 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5), 9.06, 9.14-9.15 (2 m, 3 H, C6H3); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 24.79 (C-5), 27.52 (3 C, tBu), 29.76 (C-6), 31.79 (C-3), 32.36 (Bu), 45.73 (C-4), 74.80 (C-2), 77.55(C-1), 122.31 , 128.39, 129.44, 129.58, 129.74, 133.17, 133.81 , 148.54 (12 C, C6H5, C6H3), 162.16, 165.89 (2 C=O); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C24H26N2NaO8 [M+Na]+: 493.1581; found: 493.1582 (0.2 ppm). rac-(1 R.2ff.5ff)-5-tert-Butyl-2-hvdroxycvclohexyl benzoate (rac-E-VII). rac-E-VI (135 mg, 0.287 mmol) was suspended in MeOH (5 ml_). Et3N (1 ml_) was added and the reaction stirred for 1 h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the residue was purified by MPLC on silica (toluene/ethyl acetate, 6:0 to 6:1) affording rac-E-VII (63.2 mg, 80%) as a white solid.
1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ : 0.88 (s, 9 H, fBu), 1.12 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 1.19-1.32 (m, 2 H, H-5, H-6a), 1.41 (m, 1 H, H-3a), 1.80 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 2.12-2.18 (m, 2 H1 H-3b, H-6b), 3.69 (ddd, 3J = 4.9, 9.3, 11.3 Hz, 1 H, H-2), 4.88 (ddd, 3J = 4.7, 9.4, 10.7 Hz, 1 H, H-1), 7.43-7.46, 7.55-7.58, 8.06-8.07 (3 m, 5 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 24.89 (C-4), 27.54(3 C, tBu), 31.44 (C-6), 32.28 (tBu), 32.61 (C-3), 46.01 (C-5), 73.33 (C-2), 79.47 (C-1), 128.34, 129.64, 130.23, 133.05 (6 C, C6H5), 166.82 (C=O); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for Ci7H24NaO3 [M+Na]+: 299.1618; found: 299.1619 (0.3 ppm).
rdff^R.Sffl-δ-te/t-Butyl-i-hvdroxy-cvclohex^-yl^.S^-ths-O-benzyl-e-deoxy- α- and β-L-galactopyranoside (E-VIII) and r(1S,2S.5S)-5-tert-Butyl-1-hvdroxy- cyclohex-2-vπ 2.3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranoside (E-IX).
A mixture of rac-E-VII (76.9 mg, 0.278 mmol), A-Vl (202 mg, 0.421 mmol), Bu4NBr (274 mg, 0.850 mmol) and powdered 4A molecular sieves (1 g) in CH2CI2 (4 mL) and DMF (1 ml_) was stirred at r.t. under argon for 3.5 h. Then, CuBr2 (188 mg, 0.844 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 11 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate was diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL). The organic layer was successively washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3 and brine (each 30 mL) and the aqueous layers were extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and co-evaporated with toluene to dryness. The residue was purified by MPLC on silica (petroleum ether/CH2CI2/diethyl ether, 2:1 :0 to 2:1 :1) to afford the fucosylated diastereomers. To a stirred solution of these diastereomers in methanol/water (5:1, 6 mL), lithium hydroxide (200 mg) was added and the mixture warmed to 500C. After stirring for 4 h the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by MPLC on silica (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 4:0 to 4:1) to yield E-VIII (72.1 mg, 44%, α:β = 1 :0.12, yield over two steps) as an anomeric mixture and E-IX (63.0 mg, 38%, yield over two steps) as pure α-anomer. α-E-VIII: [α]D 21 =-41.3 (c = 0.31, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.86 (s, 9 H, fBu), 0.97-1.38 (m, 7 H, Fuc H-6, H-3a, H-4a, H-5, H-6a), 1.74 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.99-2.06 (m, 2 H, H-3b, H-6b), 3.22 (m, 1 H, H-2), 3.47 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.70 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.94 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 2.4 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.05-4.09 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-5), 4.65, 4.66, 4.75, 4.82, 4.87 (5 m, 5 H, CH2Ph), 4.97-5.00 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-1 , CH2Ph), 7.26-7.41 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.65 (Fuc C-6), 25.17 (C-4), 27.55 (3 C, fBu), 29.54 (C-3), 32.19 (fBu), 33.63 (C-6), 45.82 (C-5), 66.97 (Fuc C-5), 73.15, 73.33 (2 CH2Ph), 73.52 (C-1), 74.86 (CH2Ph), 76.16 (Fuc C-2), 77.41 (Fuc C-4), 79.21 (Fuc C-3), 84.09 (C-2), 96.33 (Fuc C-1), 127.40, 127.48, 127.64, 127.69, 127.90, 128.21, 128.35, 128.44, 138.41 , 138.50, 138.81 (18 C, 3 C6H5); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C37H48NaO6 [M+Na]+: 611.3343; found: 611.3346 (0.5 ppm).
E-IX: [α]D 21 =-40.7 (c = 0.38, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.85 (s, 9 H, fBu), 1.01-1.17 (m, 6 H, Fuc H-6, H-4a, H-5, H-6a), 1.29 (m, 1 H, H-3a), 1.70 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.97-2.04 (m, 2 H, H-3b, H-6b), 3.17 (m, 1 H, H-2), 3.45 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.69 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.96-4.05 (m, 3 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-3, Fuc H-5), 4.66, 4.73, 4.76, 4.81 , 4.87, 4.97 (6 m, 6 H, CH2Ph), 4.98 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 7.26-7.41 (m, 15 H, 3 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.69 (Fuc C-6), 25.32 (C-4), 27.58 (3 C, fBu), 31.26 (C-3), 32.25 (fBu), 32.88 (C-6), 45.78 (C-5), 66.57 (Fuc C-5), 72.63, 74.19 (2 CH2Ph), 74.66 (C-1), 74.80 (CH2Ph), 76.33 (Fuc C-2), 77.40 (Fuc C-4), 80.01 (Fuc C-3), 87.22 (C-2), 101.01 (Fuc C-1), 127.34, 127.52, 127.58, 127.84, 128.18, 128.22, 128.34, 128.39, 128.47, 137.95, 138.53, 138.65 (18 C, 3 C6H5).
((1R.2R,5R)-2-f(2,3,4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranosyl)oxy1-5-te/t- butyl-cvclohex-1-yl) 2,4,6-tri-O-benzoyl-3-O-f(1S)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-2- cvclohexyl-ethyH-β-D-galactopyranosicle (E-X).
According to general procedure C, thioglycoside A-Vl (125 mg, 0.161 mmol) and glycosyl acceptor E-VIII (71.4 mg, 0.121 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (4 mL) were added via syringe to activated 4A molecular sieves (1 g). A suspension of DMTST (120 mg, 0.465 mmol) and activated 4A molecular sieves (500 mg) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) was prepared in a second flask. Both suspensions were stirred at r.t. for 2 h, before adding the DMTST suspension via syringe to the other suspension with some additional CH2CI2 (1 mL). The reaction was stopped after 45 h and worked-up according to general procedure C. The crude product was purified by MPLC on silica (toluene/ethyl acetate, 11.5:0 to 11.5:1) to yield E-X (107 mg, 68%) as a colorless foam.
[CC]D21 = -57.9 (c = 0.50, CHCI3); 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 500.1 MHz) δ: 0.46-1.43 (3 m, 17 H, CyCH2, Cy), 0.58 (s, 9 H, JBu)1 1.36 (d, 3J = 6.0 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.60 (m, 1 H, H-4b), 1.81 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 1.99 (m, 1 H, H-3b), 3.45 (m, 1 H, H-2), 3.55 (m, 1 H, H-1), 3.58 (s, 1 H, Fuc H-4), 3.87-3.90 (m, 2 H, GaI H-3, GaI H-5), 3.97-4.04 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-3), 4.16 (m, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.29 (m, 2 H, GaI H-6), 4.39 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.55-4.57 (m, 2 H, GaI H-1, CH2Ph), 4.63 (m, 1 H, CH2Ph), 4.69-4.74 (m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 4.79-4.83 (m, 2 H, Fuc H-5, CH2Ph), 4.88 (d, 3JFI,F2 = 2.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-1), 5.04, 5.13 (2 m, 2 H, CH2Ph), 5.56 (m, 1 H, GaI H-2), 5.91 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 7.17-7.35, 7.39-7.48, 7.54-7.55, 8.04-8.11 (m, 35 H, 7 C6H5); 13C-NMR (CDCI3, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.62 (Fuc C-6), 24.43 (C-4), 25.40, 25.71, 26.06 (3 C, CyCH2), 27.19 (3 C, tBu), 28.97 (C-3), 31.95 (tBu), 32.23 (C-6), 32.49, 33.17, 33.44 (3 C, CyCH2), 40.44 (CyCH2), 45.50 (C-5), 62.21 (GaI C-6), 65.98 (Fuc C-5), 66.58 (CH2Ph), 69.86 (GaI C-4), 71.19 (GaI C-5), 72.53, 72.56 (GaI C-2, CH2Ph), 73.02 (CH2Ph), 74.90 (CH2Ph), 75.25 (C-2), 76.44 (Fuc C-2), 77.51 (GaI C-3), 78.08 (Lac C-2), 79.24 (Fuc C-4), 79.64 (Fuc C-3), 81.37 (C-1), 94.16 (Fuc C-1), 100.24 (GaI C-1), 126.87, 126.95, 127.22, 127.38, 127.93, 127.95, 128.03, 128.15, 128.34, 128.42, 128.47, 128.50, 129.64, 129.74, 129.83, 129.88, 129.91 , 133.04, 133.16, 133.21 , 135.43, 138.86, 139.08, 139.14 (42 C, 7 C6H5), 164.56, 165.65, 166.11 , 172.47 (4 C=O); elemental analysis calcd (%) for C80H90Oi6 (1307.56): C 73.48, H 6.94; found: C 73.50, H 6.95.
((IR^R.Sffl-δ-tert-Butyl^-rfe-deoxy-α-L-αalactopyranosvDoxyl-cvclohex-i-yll 2-O-benzoyl-3-O-r(1S)-1-carboxy-2-cvclohexyl-ethyll-β-D-galactopyranoside (E- Xl; Fig. 7).
A mixture of E-X (102 mg, 77.9 μmol), Pd(OH)2/C (49.4 mg), dioxane (3 ml.) and water (0.75 mL) was hydrogenated under 4 bar at r.t. After 37 h TLC control indicated completion of the reaction and the mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in methanol (5 mL) and sodium methoxide (0.195 mmol in 255 μL MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 14 h the reaction was quenched by addition of acetic acid (23 μL). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC to afford compound E-Xl (50.9 mg, 88%) as a white solid. [α]D 21 = -93.2 (c = 0.91 , MeOH); 1H-NMR (MeOD, 500.1 MHz) δ:
0.60-0.77 (m, 5 H1 H-6a, CyCH2), 0.65 (s, 9 H, tBu), 0.84 (m, 1 H, H-4a), 0.93 (m, 1 H, CyCH2), 1.01 (m, 1 H, H-5), 1.15 (m, 1 H, H-3a), 1.26 (d, 3JF5,F6 = 6.6 Hz, 3 H, Fuc H-6), 1.29-1.39 (m, 5 H, CyCH2), 1.43 (m, 1 H, CyCH2), 1.53 (m, 1 H, CyCH2), 1.60-1.66 (m, 2 H, H-4b, CyCH2), 1.95 (m, 1 H, H-6b), 2.05 (m, 1 H, H-3b), 3.33 (m, 1 H, H-2), 3.56-3.61 (m, 2 H, H-1 , GaI H-5), 3.69-3.74 (m, 4 H, Fuc H-2, Fuc H-4, GaI H-3, GaI H-6a), 3.79 (m, 3JG6b,G5 = 6.9 Hz, 2JG6a,G6b = 11 3 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-6b), 3.91 (dd, 3JF3,F4 = 3.4 Hz, 3JF2,F3 = 10.1 Hz, 1 H, Fuc H-3), 4.00 (m, 1 H, GaI H-4), 4.10 (dd, 3J= 2.9, 10.0 Hz, 1 H, Lac H-2), 4.67 (d, 3JGI,G2 = 8.0 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-1), 4.77 (m, 1 H, Fuc H-5), 4.82 (d, 3JF1,F2 = 3.8 Hz1 1 H1 Fuc H-1), 5.36 (del, 3JGi,G2 = 8.0 Hz, 3JG2.G3 = 9-8 Hz, 1 H, GaI H-2), 7.49-7.52 (m, 2 H, C6H5), 7.61-7.64 (m, 1 H, C6H5), 8.10-8.12 (m, 2 H, C6H5); 13C-NMR (MeOD, 125.8 MHz) δ: 16.53 (Fuc C-6), 25.74 (C-4), 26.60, 26.82, 27.30 (3 C, CyCH2), 27.78 (3 C, IBu), 29.73 (C-3), 32.83 (JBu)1 33.11 (CyCH2), 33.74 (C-6), 34.26 (Lac C-4), 35.12 (CyCH2), 42.76 (Lac C-3), 47.02 (C-5), 62.69 (GaI C-6), 67.38 (Fuc C-5), 67.99 (GaI C-4), 70.03 (Fuc C-2), 71.57 (Fuc C-3), 73.63 (GaI C-2), 73.96 (Fuc C-4), 76.02 (GaI C-5), 76.90 (C-2), 78.03 (Lac C-2), 81.57 (C-1), 83.17 (GaI C-3), 96.51 (Fuc C-1), 101.13 (GaI C-1), 129.74, 130.90, 131.70, 134.40 (6 C, C6H5), 166.83 (C=O), 178.78 (COOH); HR-MS (ESI) m/z: calcd for C38H58NaO14 [M+H]+: 761.3719; found: 761.3723 (0.5 ppm).
EXAMPLE 8
{(1R,2f?,3S,5R)-2-[(DEOXY-a-L-GALACTOPYRANOSYL)OXY]-3,5-DIMETHYL- CYCLOHEX-1-YL} 2-O-BENZOYL-3-O-[(1 S)-1-CARBOXY-2-CYCLOH^YL-ETHYL]-β-D-
GALACTOPYRANOSiDE SODIUM SALT (F-Vl; FIG. 8)
r(1R2R3S.5f?)-1-te/t-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-5-hvdroxymethyl-3-methyl- cyclohex-2-yli 2.3,4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranoside (F-I).
To a solution of X (137 mg, 0.191 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) was added a solution of 1M LiAIH4 (667 μL, 0.667 mmol) in THF at 00C under argon over a period of 10 min. After 1 h the reaction was quenched with satd. aqueous (NH4J2SO4 (0.5 mL) and stirred at r.t. for 1 h. Then the mixture was dried with Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent evaporated in vacuo. Column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 6:1) of the residue gave F-I (110 mg, 84%).
[α]D 20 = -51.3 (c = 0.335, CHCI3); ESI-MS m/z: calcd for C4IH58NaO7Si [M+Na]+: 713.38; found: 713.35. rdR^R.SS.δffl-i-tert-Butyldinnethylsilyloxy-δ-chloromethyl-S-methyl-cvclohex- 2-yll 2,3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranoside (F-Il).
To a solution of F-I (105 mg, 0.152 mmol) in dry DCE (1.5 mL) under argon 1-chloro-Λ/,Λ/,2-trimethylpropenylamine (43 μL, 0.304 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring for 45 min at r.t. the reaction was quenched with MeOH/25% aqueous NH3 (1:1 , 0.5 mL) and evaporated to dryness. Column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 19:1) of the residue yielded F-Il (91 mg, 85%).
[α]D 20 = -46.3 (c = 2.20, CHCI3); ESI-MS mlz. calcd. for C4IH57CINaO6Si [M+Na]+: 731.34; found 731.42.
Td R2R3S.5R)-1-tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy-3,5-dimethyl-cvclohex-2-vn 2.3.4- tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-galactopyranoside (F-III).
To a solution of F-Il (89 mg, 0.125 mmol) and AIBN (21 mg, 0.127 mmol) in dry THF (1.5 mL) was added freshly distilled Bu3SnH (366 μL, 1.38 mmol) via a syringe under argon. After stirring for 90 min at 9O0C the mixture was cooled to r.t. and diluted in MeCN (5 mL). The solution was washed with hexane (5 mL) and the layers were separated. The hexane layer was washed with MeCN (2 x 5 mL). The combined MeCN layers were evaporated in vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether + 4% ethyl acetate) to yield F-III (60 mg, 71%).
[α]D 20 = -43.6 (c = 1.28, CHCI3); ESI-MS mlz: calcd. for C4IH58NaO6Si [M+Na]+: 697.97; found 697.47.
rdR^R.SS.Sffl-i-Hvdroxy-S.δ-dimethyl-cvclohex^-yl^.S^-tris-O-benzyl-e- deoxy-α-L-galactopyranoside (F-IV). A mixture of F-III (70 mg, 0.104 mmol), THF (1.5 mL), AcOH (1.8 mL) and H2O (1.5 mL) was stirred for 4 h at 800C. The mixture was cooled to r.t., neutralized with satd. aqueous NaHCO3 (approx. 14 mL), diluted with DCM (15 mL) and washed with water (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with DCM (2 x 10 ml_). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. Column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 8:1) of the crude product gave F-IV (40 mg, 68%). [α]D 20 = -40.8 (c = 2.00, CHCI3); ESI-MS m/z: calcd. for
C35H44NaO6 [M+Na]+: 583.30; found 583.18.
((1R2R3S.5R)-2-f(2.3.4-tris-O-benzyl-6-deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranosyl)oxy1-3.5- dimethyl-cvclohex-1 -yl) 2,4.6-tri-O-benzoyl-3-O-f (1 S)-1 -benzyloxycarbonyl-2- cvclohexyl-ethyli-β-D-qalactopyranoside (F-V). A mixture of F-IV (45 mg, 80.3 μmol), A-Vl (85 mg, 108 μmol) and activated powdered molecular sieves 4A (1 g) in DCM (2 ml_) was stirred at r.t. under argon for 4 h. Then a pre-stirred mixture (4 h, r.t.) of DMTST (83 mg, 0.321 mmol) and activated powered molecular sieves 4A (200 mg) in dry DCM (2 ml_) was added. After 24 h the reaction mixture was filtered over Celite and the filtrate was diluted with DCM (10 ml_). The organic layer was washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3 and brine (each 5 mL) and the aqueous layers were extracted with DCM (2 x 5 ml). The combined organic layers were dried with Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 6:1) to yield F-V (63 mg, 62%).
[α]D 20 = -47.0 (c = 2.17, CHCI3); ESI-MS m/z: calcd. for C78H86NaO16 [M+Na]+: 1301.58; found 1301.64.
((1R.2R3S.5f?)-2-r(deoxy-α-L-qalactopyranosyl)oxyl-3.5-dimethyl-cvclohex-1- yl) 2-O-benzoyl-3-O-r(1S)-1-carboxy-2-cvclohexyl-ethyll-β-D-qalactopyranoside sodium salt (F-Vl: Fig. 8).
A mixture of F-V (50 mg, 39.1 μmol), Pd(OH)2/C (27 mg, 10% Pd), dioxane (1.5 mL) and water (400 μl_) was hydrogenated in a Parr-shaker at 5 bar. After 4 h the mixture was filtered over Celite and evaporated to dryness. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (3 mL) and NaOMe (97.8 μmol in 160 μl_ MeOH) was added. After stirring at r.t. for 16 h the reaction was quenched with AcOH (10 μl_), concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative, reversed-phase HPLC. The freeze-dried product was re-dissolved in water and one equivalent of NaOH was added. The solution was lyophilized from water to afford F-Vl (23.3 mg, 80%) as a white solid.
[α]D 20 = -89.0 (c = 1.16, H2O); ESI-MS m/z: calcd. for C36H54NaO14 [M+H]+: 733.34; found 733.41.
EXAMPLE 9 SYNTHESIS OF PEGYLATED MIMIC (FIG. 10)
Synthesis of Second Compound of Fig. 10
First compound (100 mg) of Fig. 10 was mixed with ethylenediamine under the argon. The resulting mixture was heated at 700C for 7 hr. After evaporation, the residue was purified on C-18 column to afford 55 mg second compound. Yield 68%
PEGylation of Second Compound of Fig. 10
Second compound (5 mg) was mixed with mPEG- nitrophenylcarbonate (5K) 75 mg, triethylamine 5 ul in DMF (2 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The solvent was removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified on C-18 to afford 40 mg product.
EXAMPLE 10 SYNTHESIS OF TETRAMER PEGYLATED MIMIC (FIG. 11)
Second compound (20 mg) from Example 9 was mixed with 200 mg 4-arm PEG glutamidylsuccinate , triethylamine 5 ul and DMF 2 mL. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hr. After removing the solvent, the residue was purified on HPLC to afford the product.
EXAMPLE 11
SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND G-IV (FIG. 12)
Synthesis of intermediate G-Il: Compound XXII (100 mg; Example 2) was treated with 0.01 N NaOEt in EtOH (2ml) 2h at room temperature, neutralized with AcOH and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give G-Il (47 mg).
Synthesis of intermediate G-III: Compound G-Il (250 mg) was dissolved in dioxane-water (10:1, 6.6 ml) and treated with 10% Pd/C under atmosphere of hydrogen for overnight. Solid was filtered off and filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to give compound G-III (100mg).
Synthesis of compound G-IV: NH2OH. HCI (64 mg) was dissolved in H2O (0.5ml). To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (70mg) in H2O (0.5ml). Compound G-III (25mg) in MeOH (0.5ml) was added to the above solution with stirring at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min and then neutralized to pH 7.0 by adding 1 N HCI solution. Solvent was evaporated off and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to give compound G-IV.
EXAMPLE 12
SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND H-IV (FIG. 13)
Synthesis of intermediate H-Il: Compound F-V (100 mg; Example 8) was treated with 0.01 N NaOEt in EtOH (2ml) 2h at room temperature, neutralized with AcOH and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give H-Il (55 mg).
Synthesis of intermediate H-III: Compound H-Il (125 mg) was dissolved in dioxane-water (10:1 , 6.6 ml) and treated with 10% Pd/C under atmosphere of hydrogen for overnight. Solid was filtered off and filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to give compound H-III (75mg).
Synthesis of compound H-IV: Compound H-III is treated in the same way as described for the synthesis of G-IV to give H-IV.
EXAMPLE 13
SICKLE CELL MICE
Figure 14 provides the timeline used for studying the effects of an oligosaccharide mimic ("test compound" - see Figure 14 for chemical structure) on microvascular flow in sickle cell mice. Microvascular flow was determined by intravital microscopy.
Figure 15 shows the effects of test compound on the number of immobilized leukocytes on the endothelium in sickle cell mice during stimulation in vivo. Vehicle alone was used as the control. The data is based on 7 mice/cohort for control, and 4 mice/cohort for the test compound cohort. Measurements were taken at between about 20 to 30 locations for each mouse.
Figure 16 shows the effects of test compound on adherence of SSRBCs to leukocytes in sickle cell mice during stimulation in vivo. Control and mice/cohort were the same as described above for Figure 15.
Figure 17 shows the effects of a test compound on the time of survival of sickle cell mice after induction of a vaso-occlusive crisis by administration of TNFα. EXAMPLE 14 ENDOTHELIAL STIMULATION
Glycated serum proteins induce neutrophil rolling on endothelial cells in an in vitro assay of cell adhesion under flow conditions. Monolayers of human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECS) were incubated in glycated serum proteins ( Figure 18, glycated albumin, GIy-HSA or Figure 19, glycated hemoglobin, GIy-Hb) for 4 hours. Monolayers were then inserted into a flow chamber and the chamber was perfused with human neutrophils (106 cell/ml) at a flow rate corresponding to a wall shear stress of 0.9 dynes/cm2. Digital images were acquired and analyzed to determine the rolling index (Rl) which is a measure of the degree of neutrophil rolling on the endothelial cell monolayer. Glycated HSA yielded about a 6-fold increase in rolling while glycated hemoglobin yielded approximately a 2.8-fold increase. The effects of the addition of test compound to the perfused neutrophils is shown in Figure 20. At 50μM, about 90% of the cell rolling is inhibited by the test compound. As the test compound is a highly specific and potent inhibitor of E-selectin, the increased rolling of neutrophils induced by glycated serum proteins is mainly due to expression of E-selectin.
EXAMPLE 15 DIABETIC MICE
Normal C57BL/6 mice and diabetic (db/db) C57BL/6 mice were used. Diabetic (db/db) mice contain a mutation in the leptin receptor resulting in uncontrolled hunger and obesity, leading to hyperglycemia and diabetes. Leukocyte rolling was measured by intravital microscopy. As shown in Figure 21 , diabetic mice (db/db) display a 4- to 5-fold increased leukocyte rolling over normal mice (C57BL/6).
Figure 21 shows the percent inhibition of leukocyte rolling in diabetic (db/db) mice by test compound relative to vehicle control. Clearly the test compound has an immediate effect of inhibiting cell flux which lasts throughout the length of the experiment.
All of the above U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non- patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in the Application Data Sheet, are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety. From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims

1. A method for treating an endothelial dysfunction comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the endothelial dysfunction an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative, wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=0)X, where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH1 or NHX where X = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe1 halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=0)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, d-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me1 OMe1 halide, or OH;
R2 = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe1 halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=0)0X where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX1 NH(=O)X, where X = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000118_0001
-0-C(=0)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000118_0002
Figure imgf000119_0001
physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, CrC8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-C14 aryl;
Figure imgf000119_0002
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose, where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or CrC8
Figure imgf000120_0001
alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000120_0002
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000120_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and
R >5 _= H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000121_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt",
Figure imgf000121_0002
CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl
or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000121_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl or CrC8 alkynyl.
3. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound consists of the compound of claim 2.
4. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000122_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
5. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000123_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
6. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000123_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
7. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000124_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
8. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the
Figure imgf000124_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
9. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the
Figure imgf000125_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
10. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000125_0002
where Me is methyl.
11. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000126_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
12. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000126_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
13. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the
Figure imgf000127_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
14. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the
Figure imgf000127_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, and Me is methyl.
15. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000128_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
16. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000128_0002
where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl and Bz is benzoyl.
17. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000129_0001
where Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
18. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000129_0002
where Me is methyl, Et is ethyl and Bz is benzoyl.
19. The method according to claim 1 wherein the compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000130_0001
where Me is methyl and Bz is benzoyl.
20. The method according to any one of claims 1-19 wherein the compound has a polyethylene glycol attached thereto.
21. The method according to any one of claims 1-19 wherein the compound is attached by polyethylene glycol to another of the compound.
22. The method according to claim 1 wherein the endothelial dysfunction is a vascular abnormality.
23. The method according to claim 22 wherein the vascular abnormality is associated with diabetes.
24. The method according to claim 22 wherein the vascular abnormality is associated with sickle cell disease.
25. The method according to claim 22 wherein the vascular abnormality is associated with atherosclerosis.
26. The method according to claim 25 wherein the individual is also being treated with aspirin or an aspirin substitute useful for atherosclerosis.
27. A method for treating graft vs. host disease comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat graft vs. host disease an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000131_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
28. The method according to claim 27 wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000132_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=0)0X, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=0)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=0)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000133_0001
-O-C(=O)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000133_0002
Figure imgf000134_0001
where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000134_0003
physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-C14 aryl;
Figure imgf000134_0002
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose, where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or CrC8
Figure imgf000135_0001
alkanyl, Ci-Ce alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)π-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, CrC8 alkoxy, NO2, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=0)0Y, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000135_0002
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000135_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, Ci-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and
R >5 _ = H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000136_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt,
Figure imgf000136_0002
CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl
or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000136_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl.
29. The method according to claim 27 wherein the compound consists of the compound of claim 28.
30. A method for treating cutaneous T-cell lymphoma comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat cutaneous T-cell lymphoma an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000137_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=0)0X where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=0)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
31. The method according to claim 30 wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000138_0001
wherein, R1 = H, Ci-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, d-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=0)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000140_0001
-O-C(=O)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000140_0002
where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000140_0003
physiologically acceptable salt, d-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, CrC8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, CrC14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H1 CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, or CrCi4 aryl;
Figure imgf000141_0001
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or C1-C8
Figure imgf000141_0002
alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F1 CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000141_0003
where R )10 is one of
Figure imgf000141_0004
Figure imgf000142_0004
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = Ci-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated Ci-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and
R5 = H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt,
Figure imgf000142_0002
CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl
or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
and where R11 is aryl, heteroaryl,
Figure imgf000142_0003
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000143_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, CrCe alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl.
32. The method according to claim 30 wherein the compound consists of the compound of claim 31.
33. A method for treating disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin comprising administering to an individual in need thereof in an amount effective to treat disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin an oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound that contains at least one cyclohexane derivative wherein the cyclohexane derivative has the formula:
Figure imgf000143_0003
wherein, R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH1 or NHX where X = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H; the cyclohexane derivative is at least attached to the oligosaccharide or glycomimetic compound at an OH, R1 or R2.
34. The method according to claim 33 wherein the compound comprises:
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein,
R1 = H, CrC8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated d-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H1 C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-G8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; C(=O)OX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)OX, C(=O)NHX, alkanyl substituted with C(=O)NHX, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; 0(=0)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH;
R2 = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, OH, or NHX where X = H, d-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)OX where X is C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; -C(=O)NH(CH2)nNH2 where n = 0-30, C(=O)NHX or CX2OH, where X = C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated CrC8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; O(=O)X, OX, NHX, NH(=O)X, where X = H, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl or heteroaryl either of which may be substituted with one or more of Me, OMe, halide, or OH; with the proviso that R1 and R2 are not both H;
Figure imgf000146_0001
-0-C(=0)-X, -NH2, -NH-C(=O)-NHX, or -NH-C(=O)-X where n = 0-2 and X is independently selected from C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl,
Figure imgf000146_0002
and where Q is H or a
Figure imgf000147_0001
physiologically acceptable salt, C1-C8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, C1-C14 aryl, or OY, C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=O)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, or C1-C14 aryl;
Figure imgf000147_0002
6'sulfated GIcNAc, 6'carboxylated GIcNAc, 6'sulfated GaINAc, 6'sulfated galactose, 6'carboxylated galactose,
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt or C1-C8
Figure imgf000147_0003
alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)n-aryl or (CH2)n-heteroaryl where n is 1-10, and where R9 is aryl, heteroaryl, cyclohexane, t-butane, adamantane, or triazole, and any of R9 may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, CF3, C1-C8 alkoxy, NO2, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY1 C(=O)OY, NY2 or C(=0)NHY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or C1-C14 aryl; or
Figure imgf000148_0001
where R10 is one of
Figure imgf000148_0002
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, Ci-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, n = 1 - 4, Z and Y = CrC8 alkanyl, d-C8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, halogenated C1-C8 alkanyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituted with Me, OMe, halide, OH; and R = H, D-mannose, L-galactose, D-arabinose, L-fucose, polyols
where X = CF3, cyclopropyl or phenyl,
Figure imgf000149_0001
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt,
Figure imgf000149_0002
CrC8 alkanyl, CrC8 alkenyl, CrC8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl
or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10,
Figure imgf000149_0003
where Q is H or a physiologically acceptable salt, CrC8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (CH2)m-aryl or (CH2)m-heteroaryl where m is 1-10, and where n = 0-10, and any one of the above ring compounds may be substituted with one to three independently selected of Cl, F, C1-C8 alkanyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, C1-C8 alkynyl or OY where Y is H, C1-C8 alkanyl, Ci-C8 alkenyl or C1-C8 alkynyl.
35. The method according to claim 33 wherein the compound consists of the compound of claim 34.
36. The method according to any one of claims 33-35 wherein the disease is dermatitis.
37. The method according to any one of claims 33-35 wherein the disease is chronic eczema.
38. The method according to any one of claims 33-35 wherein the disease is psoriasis.
39. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 in the preparation of a medicament for treating an endothelial dysfunction.
40. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 in the preparation of a medicament for treating graft vs. host disease.
41. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 in the preparation of a medicament for treating cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.
42. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 in the preparation of a medicament for treating disease involving inflammatory cells in the skin.
PCT/US2008/001762 2007-02-09 2008-02-07 Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines WO2008100453A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002677747A CA2677747A1 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-02-07 Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines
EP08713404A EP2117561A1 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-02-07 Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines
JP2009549133A JP5511390B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-02-07 Method of using a sugar mimetic having a hexose and N-acetylhexosamine substitution
AU2008216794A AU2008216794A1 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-02-07 Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and N-acetyl hexosamines

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US90039807P 2007-02-09 2007-02-09
US60/900,398 2007-02-09
US93277907P 2007-05-31 2007-05-31
US60/932,779 2007-05-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008100453A1 true WO2008100453A1 (en) 2008-08-21

Family

ID=39357997

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/001762 WO2008100453A1 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-02-07 Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US8026222B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2117561A1 (en)
JP (1) JP5511390B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2008216794A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2677747A1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ598863A (en)
WO (1) WO2008100453A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014070991A2 (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-08 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds and methods of use
US8921328B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2014-12-30 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonists
US9109002B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2015-08-18 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
EP2915539A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2015-09-09 Mater Medical Research Institute Treatment of immunocompromised conditions with E-Selectin antagonist and G-CSF
WO2017042557A1 (en) * 2015-09-07 2017-03-16 Manchester Metropolitan University Glycomimetics for use for the treatment of vascular calcification and/or endothelial dysfunction
WO2017127422A1 (en) * 2016-01-22 2017-07-27 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic inhibitors of pa-il and pa-iil lectins
US9867841B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2018-01-16 Glycomimetics, Inc. Compounds, compositions and methods using E-selectin antagonists for mobilization of hematopoietic cells
US10519181B2 (en) 2014-12-03 2019-12-31 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional inhibitors of E-selectins and CXCR4 chemokine receptors
US11072625B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2021-07-27 Glycomimetics, Inc. Highly potent multimeric e-selectin antagonists
US11197877B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2021-12-14 Glycomimetics. Inc. Galactopyranosyl-cyclohexyl derivauves as E-selectin antagonists
US11291678B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2022-04-05 Glycomimetics, Inc Methods for the treatment and/or prevention of cardiovascular disease by inhibition of E-selectin
US11433086B2 (en) 2016-08-08 2022-09-06 Glycomimetics, Inc. Combination of T-cell checkpoint inhibitors with inhibitors of e-selectin or CXCR4, or with heterobifunctional inhibitors of both E-selectin and CXCR4
US11548908B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2023-01-10 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional inhibitors of E-selectin and galectin-3
US11707474B2 (en) 2018-03-05 2023-07-25 Glycomimetics, Inc. Methods for treating acute myeloid leukemia and related conditions
US11712446B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2023-08-01 Glycomimetics, Inc. Methods of mobilizing marrow infiltrating lymphocytes and uses thereof
US11845771B2 (en) 2018-12-27 2023-12-19 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional inhibitors of E-selectin and galectin-3

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8039442B2 (en) 2007-07-18 2011-10-18 Glycomimetics, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of sickle cell disease or complications associated therewith
US8895510B2 (en) * 2008-04-08 2014-11-25 Glycomimetics, Inc. Pan-selectin inhibitor with enhanced pharmacokinetic activity
CA2723197C (en) 2008-05-02 2017-09-19 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Methods and compositions for making antibodies and antibody derivatives with reduced core fucosylation
WO2009152245A1 (en) * 2008-06-13 2009-12-17 Glycomimetics, Inc. Treatment of cancers of the blood using selected glycomimetic compounds
WO2010126435A1 (en) 2009-04-28 2010-11-04 Forskarpatent I Syd Ab Novel galactoside inhibitors of galectins
CA2778953C (en) 2009-11-13 2020-01-14 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Compositions, kits, and methods for the diagnosis, prognosis, monitoring, treatment and modulation of post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorders and hypoxia associated angiogenesis disorders using galectin-1
EP3513794A3 (en) 2010-08-05 2019-10-16 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Fucose analogs for inhibition of protein fucosylation in vivo
CA2882725C (en) 2012-08-23 2021-03-09 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Treatment of sickle cell disease and inflammatory conditions
WO2014149837A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Glycomimetics, Inc. Compounds and methods to enhance the oral availability of glycomimetics
US10294295B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2019-05-21 Inis Biotech Llc Methods for modulating angiogenesis of cancers refractory to anti-VEGF treatment

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997001569A1 (en) * 1995-06-29 1997-01-16 Novartis Ag Diglycosylated 1,2-diols as mimetics of sialyl-lewis x and sialyl-lewis a
WO1998006730A1 (en) * 1996-08-08 1998-02-19 Novartis Ag Modified oligosaccharides
WO2005054264A2 (en) * 2003-11-19 2005-06-16 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic antagonists for both e- and p-selectins
WO2006127906A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2006-11-30 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional compounds for selectin inhibition
WO2007028050A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional pan-selectin inhibitors

Family Cites Families (111)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4471057A (en) 1981-06-30 1984-09-11 The Wistar Institute Detection of colorectal carcinoma
DK17885D0 (en) 1985-01-14 1985-01-14 Karlsson Karl Anders ANTIVIRAL AGENT
US4876199A (en) 1985-04-04 1989-10-24 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Hybridomas producing monoclonal antibodies to mono-, di-, and trifucosylated type 2 chain
US4851511A (en) 1986-01-30 1989-07-25 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to disialosyl Lea
US4925796A (en) 1986-03-07 1990-05-15 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method for enhancing glycoprotein stability
ES2058070T3 (en) 1986-05-09 1994-11-01 Pulverer Gerhard USE OF SPECIFIC MONOSACCHARIDES FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT TO PREVENT METASTASIS OF MALIGNANT TUMORS.
US5538724A (en) 1987-08-11 1996-07-23 The Board Of Trustees For The Leland Stanford Junior Univ. Method of control leukocyte extravasation
US5464778A (en) 1989-03-08 1995-11-07 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Glycoprotein ligand for P-selectin and methods of use thereof
US6033665A (en) 1989-09-27 2000-03-07 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating leukocyte adhesion to brain endothelial cells
US6001988A (en) 1990-06-11 1999-12-14 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity nucleic acid ligands to lectins
US6280932B1 (en) 1990-06-11 2001-08-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. High affinity nucleic acid ligands to lectins
US5576305A (en) 1990-06-15 1996-11-19 Cytel Corporation Intercellular adhesion mediators
US5753631A (en) 1990-06-15 1998-05-19 Cytel Corporation Intercellular adhesion mediators
US6391857B1 (en) 1990-06-18 2002-05-21 Stanford University Methods and compositions for endothelial binding
US6387884B1 (en) 1990-06-18 2002-05-14 Stanford University Leukocyte homing modulation
US5648344A (en) 1990-07-30 1997-07-15 Glycomed Incorporated Methods of treating inflammation using selection binding compounds
US5211937A (en) 1990-07-30 1993-05-18 Glycomed Incorporated Method of determining a site of inflammation utilizing elam-1 ligands
US5143712A (en) 1990-07-30 1992-09-01 Glycomed Incorporated Method of determining a site of inflammation utilizing elam-1 ligands
US5789573A (en) 1990-08-14 1998-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense inhibition of ICAM-1, E-selectin, and CMV IE1/IE2
IE914075A1 (en) 1990-11-23 1992-06-03 Gen Hospital Corp Inhibition of cell adhesion protein-carbohydrate¹interactions
US5151360A (en) 1990-12-31 1992-09-29 Biomembrane Institute Effect of n,n,n-trimethylsphingosine on protein kinase-c activity, melanoma cell growth in vitro, metastatic potential in vivo and human platelet aggregation
US6124267A (en) 1991-02-05 2000-09-26 Southpac Trust Internationals, Inc. O-glycan inhibitors of selectin mediated inflammation derived from PSGL-1
US6309639B1 (en) 1991-02-05 2001-10-30 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Method for inhibiting an inflammatory response using antibodies to P-selectin glycoprotein ligand
US6121233A (en) 1991-04-19 2000-09-19 John L. Magnani Methods for the inhibition of cancer metastasis mediated by endothelial adhesion molecules
US5318890A (en) 1991-05-06 1994-06-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Assays for inhibitors of leukocyte adhesion
JP3859697B2 (en) 1991-05-06 2006-12-20 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド Selectin ligand
US5646123A (en) 1991-06-10 1997-07-08 Alberta Research Council Time dependent administration of oligosaccharide glycosides related to blood group determinants having a type I or type II core structure in reducing inflammation in a sensitized mammal arising form exposure to an antigen
US5352670A (en) 1991-06-10 1994-10-04 Alberta Research Council Methods for the enzymatic synthesis of alpha-sialylated oligosaccharide glycosides
US5580858A (en) 1991-06-10 1996-12-03 Alberta Research Council Immunosuppressive and tolerogenic modified Lewisx compounds
JPH07507040A (en) 1991-09-10 1995-08-03 セントコー,インコーポレイテッド Peptide inhibitors of selectin-mediated inflammation
US5268364A (en) 1991-12-12 1993-12-07 The Biomembrane Institute Method for inhibiting selectin-dependent adhesion of leukocytes and platelets by O-glycosylation modification
AU3914393A (en) 1991-12-18 1994-03-15 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma, The Peptide inhibitors of inflammation mediated by selectins
US5591835A (en) 1992-06-29 1997-01-07 Glycomed Incorporated Substituted lactose derivatives
CA2100412A1 (en) 1992-07-15 1994-01-16 Yutaka Yamada Glycolipid derivatives
JPH08503694A (en) 1992-09-08 1996-04-23 セントコー・インコーポレーテッド Peptide-based cell adhesion inhibitor
US5519008A (en) 1992-09-10 1996-05-21 Glycomed Incorporated Derivatives of triterpenoid acids as inhibitors of cell-adhesion molecules ELAM-1 (E-selectin) and LECAM-1 (L-selectin)
AU4859793A (en) 1992-09-11 1994-04-12 Regents Of The University Of California, The Sulfated ligands for l-selectins and use of chlorates and or sulfatases for the treatment of inflammation
US5695752A (en) 1992-09-11 1997-12-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Treating inflammation via the administration of specific sulfatase enzymes and/or sulfation inhibitor
US5843707A (en) 1992-10-23 1998-12-01 Genetics Institute, Inc. Nucleic acid encoding a novel P-selectin ligand protein
US6277975B1 (en) 1992-10-23 2001-08-21 Genetics Institute, Inc. Fusions of P-selectin ligand protein and polynucleotides encoding same
EP0601417A3 (en) 1992-12-11 1998-07-01 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Physiologically compatible and degradable polymer-based carbohydrate receptor blockers, a method for their preparation and their use
WO1994014836A1 (en) 1992-12-18 1994-07-07 Centocor, Inc. Peptide inhibitors of selectin binding
ATE173630T1 (en) 1992-12-29 1998-12-15 Genentech Inc TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE WITH INTERFERON-GAMMA INHIBITORS
US5412123A (en) 1993-02-08 1995-05-02 Glycomed Incorporated Anthraquinone and anthracene derivatives as inhibitors of the cell-adhesion molecules of the immune system
CA2157489A1 (en) 1993-03-04 1994-09-15 Masaaki Numata Lewis-associated compound, process for producing the same, and anti-inflammatory
US5527890A (en) 1993-04-16 1996-06-18 Glycomed Incorporated Derivatives of triterpenoid acids and uses thereof
WO1994026760A1 (en) 1993-05-14 1994-11-24 Cytel Corporation SIALYL Lex ANALOGUES AS INHIBITORS OF CELLULAR ADHESION
US5854218A (en) 1993-05-14 1998-12-29 Cytel Corporation Sialyl Lex analogues as inhibitors of cellular adhesion
US5811404A (en) 1993-05-14 1998-09-22 Cytel Corporation Sialyl Lex analogues as inhibitors of cellular adhesion
US5527785A (en) 1993-05-14 1996-06-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Selectin receptor modulating compositions
US5976540A (en) 1993-05-17 1999-11-02 T Cell Sciences, Inc. Compositions comprising complement related proteins and carbohydrates, and methods for producing and using said compositions
PT730608E (en) 1993-05-17 2002-09-30 Avant Immunotherapeutics Inc COMPOSITIONS COMPOSING CARBON HYDRATES AND PROEINS RELATED BY THE COMPLEMENT AND METHODS FOR PRODUCING AND USING THE COMPOSITION REFERENCES
US5646248A (en) 1993-06-08 1997-07-08 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation E-selection binding soluble lamp-1 polypeptide
US5837689A (en) 1993-06-16 1998-11-17 Glycomed Incorporated Sialyl lewis-x mimetics containing naphthyl backbones
US5658880A (en) 1993-06-16 1997-08-19 Glycomed Incorporated Sialic acid/fucose based medicaments
US5750508A (en) 1993-06-16 1998-05-12 Glycomed Incorporated Sialic acid/fucose based medicaments
US5789385A (en) 1993-06-16 1998-08-04 Glycomed Incorporated Sialyl Lewisx mimetics containing phenyl backbones
US5679321A (en) 1993-06-17 1997-10-21 Glycomed Incorporated Sialic acid/fucose based medicaments
US5559103A (en) 1993-07-21 1996-09-24 Cytel Corporation Bivalent sialyl X saccharides
US5508387A (en) 1993-08-04 1996-04-16 Glycomed Incorporated Selectin binding glycopeptides
US5827837A (en) 1993-08-20 1998-10-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Polyanion anti-inflammatory agents
US5464815A (en) 1993-09-08 1995-11-07 Genentech, Inc. Inhibition of heparin-binding
CA2173990A1 (en) 1993-10-12 1995-04-20 Narasinga Rao A library of glyco-peptides useful for identification of cell adhesion inhibitors
US5783693A (en) 1993-11-19 1998-07-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for synthesizing sulfated disaccharide inhibitors of selectins
WO1995014787A1 (en) 1993-11-22 1995-06-01 Centocor, Inc. Peptide inhibitors of selecting binding
US5663151A (en) 1994-03-04 1997-09-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sulfated α-glycolipid derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
DE4408248A1 (en) 1994-03-11 1995-09-14 Hoechst Ag Physiologically acceptable and physiologically degradable carbohydrate mimetics, process for their preparation and their use
EP0671409A3 (en) 1994-03-11 1996-06-12 Hoechst Ag Malonic acid derivatives having anti-adhesive properties.
US5444050A (en) 1994-04-29 1995-08-22 Texas Biotechnology Corporation Binding of E-selectin or P-selectin to sialyl Lewisx or sialyl-Lewisa
HUT77345A (en) 1994-04-29 1998-03-30 Texas Biotechnology Corporation Mannopyranosyloxy biphenyl derivatives capable of inhibiting the binding of e-selectin,p-selectin or l-selectin to sialyl-lewis x or sialyl-lewis a and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5486536A (en) 1994-08-15 1996-01-23 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Sulfatides as anti-inflammatory compounds
JPH0899989A (en) 1994-09-30 1996-04-16 Akira Hasegawa New glycolipid derivative and intermediate for its production
DE4436164A1 (en) 1994-10-10 1996-04-11 Hoechst Ag New conjugates of tetra:carbohydrate and amide-linked peptide or dye etc.
US5686426A (en) 1994-11-17 1997-11-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Dicarboxymethylated glycolipid derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
US6492332B1 (en) 1995-12-12 2002-12-10 Omeros Corporation Irrigation solution and methods for inhibition of tumor cell adhesion, pain and inflammation
US5639734A (en) 1994-12-20 1997-06-17 Esko; Jeffrey D. Disaccharide inflammation inhibitors and uses thereof
US20020040008A1 (en) 1995-01-24 2002-04-04 Wagner Denisa D. Method for treating and preventing atherosclerosis
US5736533A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-04-07 Neose Technologies, Inc. Bacterial inhibition with an oligosaccharide compound
US5876715A (en) 1995-08-17 1999-03-02 The Biomembrane Institute Antibodies that bind novel carbohydrate ligands (myelorollins) that cause E-selectin dependent cell rolling, and uses thereof
DE19532902A1 (en) 1995-09-06 1997-03-13 Hoechst Ag Novel glycomimetics as selectin antagonists and anti-inflammatory drugs made from them
DE19537334A1 (en) 1995-10-09 1997-04-10 Hoechst Ag New piperidine carboxylic acid and pyrrolidine carboxylic acid derivs.
EP0859005A1 (en) 1995-10-26 1998-08-19 Kanebo, Ltd. Fucose derivatives, drugs containing the same as active ingredient, and intermediates for producing the same
US5747463A (en) 1995-11-13 1998-05-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Malonate derivatives of glycolipids as cell adhesion inhibitors
DE19602355A1 (en) 1996-01-24 1997-07-31 Hoechst Ag Multiple fucosylated dicarboxylic acids with anti-adhesive properties
ATE357452T1 (en) 1996-01-30 2007-04-15 Glycomimetics Inc SIALYL-LEWISA AND SIALYL LEWISX EPITOP ANALOGUE
ATE397005T1 (en) 1996-01-30 2008-06-15 Glycomimetics Inc SIALYL-LEWISA AND SIALYL-LEWISX EPITOPE ANALOGUE
US5710023A (en) 1996-03-01 1998-01-20 Genetics Institute, Inc. IL-13 cytokine receptor chain
JP2001516334A (en) 1996-03-01 2001-09-25 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア Inhibition of selectin binding
US5654412A (en) 1996-05-29 1997-08-05 Glycomed Incorporated Processes for the synthesis of sialyl Lewisx compounds
CA2197058A1 (en) 1996-06-05 1997-12-06 Avery B. Nathens Anti-inflammatory agent
US5919768A (en) 1996-06-26 1999-07-06 Texas Biotechnology Corporation Di- and trivalent small molecule selectin inhibitors
US5830871A (en) 1996-10-28 1998-11-03 The Scripps Research Institute Inhibitors of E-, P- and L-selectin binding
GB9618520D0 (en) 1996-09-05 1996-10-16 Chiroscience Ltd Compounds and their therapeutic use
US6110897A (en) * 1996-10-10 2000-08-29 Glycorex Ab Antiinflammatory cell adhesion inhibitors
EP1019064A4 (en) 1997-02-28 2006-11-08 Univ California Inhibition of cell-cell binding by lipid assemblies
US6120751A (en) 1997-03-21 2000-09-19 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Charged lipids and uses for the same
SE9701127D0 (en) 1997-03-26 1997-03-26 Karolinska Innovations Ab Antigenic fusion protein carrying GALal, 3GAL epitopes
US5916910A (en) 1997-06-04 1999-06-29 Medinox, Inc. Conjugates of dithiocarbamates with pharmacologically active agents and uses therefore
US6193973B1 (en) 1997-08-22 2001-02-27 B. David Tuttle Dietary supplement for boosting energy and increasing muscular strength
US5948628A (en) 1997-09-05 1999-09-07 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Methods of screening for compounds which mimic galectin-1
WO1999043353A2 (en) 1998-02-26 1999-09-02 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination anti-selectin and immunosuppressant therapy
US6265192B1 (en) 1998-03-20 2001-07-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Glycosly sulfortransferase-3
US6365365B1 (en) 1998-03-20 2002-04-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Method of determining whether an agent modulates glycosyl sulfotransferase-3
US6037333A (en) 1998-05-07 2000-03-14 Trustees Of Tufts College Microbe-inhibiting compositions
US6593459B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2003-07-15 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Synthetic glycosulfopeptides and methods of synthesis thereof
JP4553488B2 (en) 1998-09-21 2010-09-29 大塚製薬株式会社 Carboxymethyl galactose derivative
CA2348781A1 (en) 1998-11-12 2000-05-25 Novolytics Inc. Compositions and methods for producing vascular occlusion
DE60118362T2 (en) 2000-05-19 2007-05-24 The Center for Blood Research, Inc., Boston METHOD FOR TREATING HEMOSTATIC INTERFERENCE BY SOLUBLE P-SELECTIN
US20020132220A1 (en) 2000-12-27 2002-09-19 Berens Kurt L. Use of selectin antagonists in organ preservation solutions
US7087212B2 (en) 2001-08-17 2006-08-08 Mallinckrodt, Inc Multicomponent assemblies having enhanced binding properties for diagnosis and therapy
WO2005016349A1 (en) * 2003-08-14 2005-02-24 Icos Corporation Methods of inhibiting leukocyte accumulation

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997001569A1 (en) * 1995-06-29 1997-01-16 Novartis Ag Diglycosylated 1,2-diols as mimetics of sialyl-lewis x and sialyl-lewis a
WO1998006730A1 (en) * 1996-08-08 1998-02-19 Novartis Ag Modified oligosaccharides
WO2005054264A2 (en) * 2003-11-19 2005-06-16 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic antagonists for both e- and p-selectins
WO2006127906A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2006-11-30 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional compounds for selectin inhibition
WO2007028050A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional pan-selectin inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KAILA N ET AL: "DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS OF SIALYL LEWIS MIMICS AS E- AND P-SELECTIN INHIBITORS", MEDICINAL RESEARCH REVIEWS, NEW YORK, NY, US, vol. 22, no. 6, 1 October 2002 (2002-10-01), pages 566 - 601, XP009033867, ISSN: 0198-6325 *
KNEUER ET AL: "Selectins - potential pharmacological targets?", DRUG DISCOVERY TODAY, ELSEVIER, RAHWAY, NJ, US, vol. 11, no. 21-22, 18 October 2006 (2006-10-18), pages 1034 - 1040, XP005762277, ISSN: 1359-6446 *
MATSUI NEIL M ET AL: "P-selectin mediates the adhesion of sickle erythrocytes to the endothelium", BLOOD, vol. 98, no. 6, 15 September 2001 (2001-09-15), pages 1955 - 1962, XP002480643, ISSN: 0006-4971 *
See also references of EP2117561A1 *

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2915539A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2015-09-09 Mater Medical Research Institute Treatment of immunocompromised conditions with E-Selectin antagonist and G-CSF
US9486497B2 (en) 2007-12-10 2016-11-08 The University Of Queensland Treatment of immunocompromised conditions
US9254322B2 (en) 2007-12-10 2016-02-09 The University Of Queensland Compositions comprising E-selectin antagonists and uses therefor
US8921328B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2014-12-30 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonists
US9109002B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2015-08-18 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
US10766916B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2020-09-08 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
US11987598B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2024-05-21 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
US11332491B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2022-05-17 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
US9796745B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2017-10-24 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
US10526361B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2020-01-07 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds, compositions, and methods of use
WO2014070991A3 (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-07-17 Glycomimetics, Inc. Galactopyranosyl-cyclohexyl derivatives as e-selectin antagonists
WO2014070991A2 (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-08 Glycomimetics, Inc. E-selectin antagonist compounds and methods of use
US9867841B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2018-01-16 Glycomimetics, Inc. Compounds, compositions and methods using E-selectin antagonists for mobilization of hematopoietic cells
US10519181B2 (en) 2014-12-03 2019-12-31 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional inhibitors of E-selectins and CXCR4 chemokine receptors
WO2017042557A1 (en) * 2015-09-07 2017-03-16 Manchester Metropolitan University Glycomimetics for use for the treatment of vascular calcification and/or endothelial dysfunction
GB2543478A (en) * 2015-09-07 2017-04-26 Manchester Metropolitan Univ Glycomimetics
US11045485B2 (en) 2016-01-22 2021-06-29 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic inhibitors of PA-IL and PA-IIL lectins
WO2017127422A1 (en) * 2016-01-22 2017-07-27 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic inhibitors of pa-il and pa-iil lectins
US11291678B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2022-04-05 Glycomimetics, Inc Methods for the treatment and/or prevention of cardiovascular disease by inhibition of E-selectin
US11433086B2 (en) 2016-08-08 2022-09-06 Glycomimetics, Inc. Combination of T-cell checkpoint inhibitors with inhibitors of e-selectin or CXCR4, or with heterobifunctional inhibitors of both E-selectin and CXCR4
US11780873B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2023-10-10 Glycomimetics, Inc. Highly potent multimeric e-selectin antagonists
US11072625B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2021-07-27 Glycomimetics, Inc. Highly potent multimeric e-selectin antagonists
US11197877B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2021-12-14 Glycomimetics. Inc. Galactopyranosyl-cyclohexyl derivauves as E-selectin antagonists
US11878026B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2024-01-23 Glycomimetics, Inc. Galactopyranosyl-cyclohexyl derivatives as e-selectin antagonists
US11712446B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2023-08-01 Glycomimetics, Inc. Methods of mobilizing marrow infiltrating lymphocytes and uses thereof
US11548908B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2023-01-10 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional inhibitors of E-selectin and galectin-3
US11707474B2 (en) 2018-03-05 2023-07-25 Glycomimetics, Inc. Methods for treating acute myeloid leukemia and related conditions
US11845771B2 (en) 2018-12-27 2023-12-19 Glycomimetics, Inc. Heterobifunctional inhibitors of E-selectin and galectin-3

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2117561A1 (en) 2009-11-18
JP5511390B2 (en) 2014-06-04
EP2457573A1 (en) 2012-05-30
US20120202762A1 (en) 2012-08-09
NZ598863A (en) 2013-11-29
AU2008216794A1 (en) 2008-08-21
US20080200406A1 (en) 2008-08-21
CA2677747A1 (en) 2008-08-21
JP2010518094A (en) 2010-05-27
US8026222B2 (en) 2011-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2117561A1 (en) Methods of use of glycomimetics with replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines
EP2074132B1 (en) Glycomimetic replacements for hexoses and n-acetyl hexosamines
JP4009318B2 (en) Substituted liposaccharides useful for the treatment and prevention of endotoxemia
JP3865411B2 (en) Anti-endotoxin compounds
WO2010050178A1 (en) Trehalose compound, method for producing same, and pharmaceutical product containing the compound
JP4064346B2 (en) Novel glycolipid and therapeutic agent for autoimmune diseases containing the same as active ingredients
WO2015197652A1 (en) Mannosylglycerate and derivates thereof for use as immunostimulating agent
JPH10287617A (en) New diterpenes and antivirus agent containing diterpenes as active ingredient
JP2021512094A (en) A pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of diabetic complications containing a novel chrysin derivative compound as an active ingredient.
JP5082099B2 (en) Amyloid β protein aggregation regulator
US20050227942A1 (en) Method and agent for the prevention, inhibition and treatment of sepsis
CN114948974A (en) Application of heparin pentasaccharide compound in preparation of sepsis medicine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08713404

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 578731

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008216794

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009549133

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2677747

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008216794

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20080207

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2008713404

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008713404

Country of ref document: EP